Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR Fidelity Rating Scale: Rating of introductory phases of treatment (history and treatment planning, preparation, safe place exercise; rating of resource development and installation protocl (part of the preparation phase; and rating of the trauma-processing phases of treatment (reevaluation, assessment, desensitisation, installation, body scan, closure.

Keywords: Fidelity Rating Scale  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Children  Dissociation  Stabilization  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Twombly, J. H. (2005). EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 88-120). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: U
sing EMDR with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) and other dissociative disorders (DDs) requires careful adaptation to allow the unique benefits of EMDR to be used productively, without risking unleashing a flood of traumatic material and destabilizing the client. In this chapter I will discuss adaptations for each stage of treatment for dissociative clients. While I'll focus on work with DID (formerly multiple personality disorder) and dissociative disorder not otherwise specified (DDNOS), the EMDR adaptations and protocols taught in this chapter can be used with people with other DDs and complex PTSD, and in ego-state work. This chapter is divided into three sections, summarizing the treatment of DDs within the three stages of standard phase-oriented trauma treatment. [Text, pp. 88, 90]

Keywords: Adults  Child Abuse  DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Hypnotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Kim, D. (2010, July). EMDR for the treatment of schizophrenia. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Despite standard treatment with antipsychotic medication, many individuals with schizophrenia continue to suffer from significant residual symptoms and functional disabilities. Thus, psychosocial treatment for this difficult-to-treat disorder is warranted. Given the high prevalence of trauma in this population, role of life events, and stressful treatment-related adversities, EMDR is suggested to have an important place in the treatment and management of schizophrenia. This presentation will first provide the background of using EMDR for this population, then, procedural considerations. Finally, two case reports and results of a randomized clinical trial done with acute phase schizophrenia will be demonstrated.

Keywords: Schizophrenia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?

Keywords: Client  Francine Shapiro  Male  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Quinn, G. (2013, June). EMDR immediate emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress. The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma.
Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities.
Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war.
In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, and modified by Elan Shapio and Brurit Laub in R-TEP will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment.
A practicum will follow on ERP.
Learning objectives: Within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid, to learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma utilizing ERP; To apply ERP in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions; To learn when and how to use ERP for patients exhibiting “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in an ambulance en route to medical facilities; How to utilize the Recent Events Protocol in the face of ongoing danger; To understand EMDR methods that may be used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment

Keywords: Disaster  Emergency Response Procedure  ERP  Extreme Stress  Silent Terror  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Poon, Wai-Ling, M. (2012). EMDR in competition with fate: A case study in a Chinese woman with multiple traumas. Case Reports in Psychiatry, 2012, 1-4. doi:10.1155/2012/827187.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper described the application of eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) for addressing the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms in a Chinese woman who had experienced multiple traumas in her childhood. EMDR is an integrative therapeutic intervention that uses a standardized eight-phase approach to treatment. It is also a proven, effective, and efficient treatment for trauma. In this client with multiple traumas, the etiological event that lay the foundation of her dysfunctional responses was reprocessed first. The successful resolution of this event allowed the positive treatment effects to transfer to other traumatic events of a similar theme. This case also illustrates the importance of identifying a culturally appropriate positive cognition (PC) in contributing to the success of the treatment.

Keywords: Case Study  China  Trauma  Woman  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Gonzalez, A., Seijo, N., & Mosquera, D. (2009, August). EMDR in complex trauma and dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be safely used during the stabilization phase in a group of severely traumatized patients, not only to install positive elements, but to process dysfunctional elements (not necessarily traumatic memories, but patient-therapist relationship problems, defenses, symptoms, dissociative phobias, etc.). To postpone standard protocol until the patient has been prepared to do it in the standard way implies that the patient must resolve many of their problems without the help of EMDR processing. We will try to “think in EMDR” about severe dissociation, rather than directly apply foreign theories to EMDR work. Protocol modifications include progression, fractionation, synthesis and direction.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Egli-Bernd, H. (2012, Juni). EMDR in der behandlung von dissoziativen prozessen bei bindungsstörungen. Die bedeutung und schwierigkeiten bei der wahl guter kognitionen in diesen Behandlungen. Das dialog protokoll [EMDR in the treatment of dissociative processes in attachment disorders. The importance and difficulty of choosing good cognition in these treatments. Dialog protocol] . Präsentation auf EMDRIA Tag, Köln, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Es geht im Workshop um die Rolle der Kognitionen im EMDR bei der Bearbeitung früher und komplexer Themen aus dem Bereich der Bindungsstörungen. Durch die Aktivierung von Egostates respektive subtiler dissoziativer Prozesse in der Phase 3 der EMDR-Behandlung kommt es häufig zu Schwierigkeiten bei der Herausarbeitung bedeutungsvoller und hilfreicher Kognitionen. Das Dialog-Protokoll stellt eine Möglichkeit dar, diese Schwierigkeiten zu vermeiden. Durch die Wahl hilfreicher Kognitionen in einer dialogischen Formulierung zwischen zwei involvierten Selbstteilen wird der dissoziative Prozess aufgehoben und der Verarbeitungsprozess im Sinne der interaktiven Vernetzung von Vergangenheit und Gegenwart affektiv und kognitiv intensiviert und beschleunigt. Das Dialog Protokoll kann als die direkte und effiziente Verbindung von EMDR und Egostate-Arbeit angesehen werden. Im Workshop werden theoretische Grundlagen der Vorgehensweise vermittelt, eine kurze life Demonstration und/oder ein Video sollen die konkrete Anwendung des Dialogprotokolls anschaulich näherbringen.

[It's in the workshop on the role of cognitions in EMDR in the treatment earlier and complex topics in the field of attachment disorders. By activating Egostates respectively subtle dissociative processes in phase 3 of the EMDR treatment often leads to difficulties in the elaboration of meaningful and helpful cognitions. The dialog protocol provides a way to avoid these difficulties. By choosing more helpful cognitions in a dialogical formulation between two self-involved parts of the dissociative process is canceled and the manufacturing process in terms of the interactive network of past and present affective and cognitive intensified and accelerated. The dialog protocol can be used as direct and efficient connection of EMDR and egostate work are considered. During the workshop, theoretical foundations of the approach gives a brief demonstration of life and / or a video to bring closer the actual application of the Protocol dialog clearly.]

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Cognitions  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Plassmann, R. (2005, September). EMDR in der stationaren therapie der essstorungen[EMDR in the inpatient treatment of eating disorders]. Vortrag auf der 13th International Conference on Eating Disorders, Innsbruck, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Die stationare Essstorungstherapie lasst sich in vier Phasen unterteilen: Die Stabilisierungsphase, die Ressourcenorganisation, die Exposition und die Neuorientierungsphase. Fur diese Behandlungsphasen lassen sich Methoden der modernen Traumatherapie sinnvoll nutzen. Diese beruhen im Kern auf selbstorganisatiorischen Prinzipien, also der Arbeit mit dem psychischen Selbstheilungssystem. In Weiterentwicklung der Methodik der modernen Traumatherapie wurde fur die stationare Essstorungstherapie in der Stabilisierungsphasedas Konzept der akitiven Selbstailisierung entwickelt und fur die Ressourcenorganisation und Exposition die Technik des bipolaren EMDR. Durch Einfuhrung dieser Stategien haben sich die Behandlungsergebnisse erheblich verbessert. Der Vortag stellt die Arbeitwiese dar und die Behandlungsergebnisse an 176 Fallen stationarer Psychotherapie von Patientinnen mit Anorexie und Bulimie dar.

The steady Essstorungstherapie let be divided into four phases: the phase of stabilization, resource organization, exposition and reorientation phase. Treatment for these phases can be methods of modern trauma therapy sensibly. These are based on the core principles selbstorganisatiorischen, so working with the psychological self-healing system. In developing the methodology of modern trauma therapy for the steady Essstorungstherapie in Stabilisierungsphasedas concept of akitiven Selbstailisierung developed and resources for the organization and exposition of the art bipolar EMDR. By the introduction of this State Gien the results of treatment have improved significantly. The talk is the work area and represents the results of treatment in 176 cases of sta-tionary psychotherapy patients with anorexia and bulimia.

Keywords: Anorexia  Bulimia  Eating Disorders  Inpatient Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. Eckers, D. (2010, June). EMDR in difficult circumstances - Working with a complex traumatized boy in Thailand. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2009 a training in psychotraumatology and EMDR was conducted in Thailand with participants from Thailand, Indonesia, Burma, Kambodscha and other countries. During that training of 8 days a 9-years-old boy was treated after some stabilization with 'safe place' and special containment - with EMDR. He was diagnosed with Asperger-syndrome (a form of autism), was traumatized by the loss of a near relative, the burning of his home, a car accident and by Tsunami. Time was limited, the boy wasn't acquainted with the therapist, didn't speak much English, needed his aunt to translate and was first time in his life away from his home. But even in these conditions treatment was possible in 1 session stabilization and 3 sessions of EMDR The case will be demonstrated with the boy's drawings and video clips of the stabilization phase and of the EMDR session about Tsunami. Learning objectives: 1. Understanding a client-adapted way to applicate EMDR in children. 2. Creative working with children in their cultural and individual context, What is essential in EMDR even with child-adapted and creative modifications?

Keywords: Adolescent  Male  Thailand  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Seijo, N. (2011, November). EMDR in dissociative disorders: The progressive approach. Presentation at the 26th Annual International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Montreal, QE .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Abstract: After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Interesting interventions have been done for the use of EMDR in the preparation phase, but in spite of these useful proposals, EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited for the treatment of traumatic memories. From this conceptualization, which we have called the all/nothing perspective, the use of EMDR is strongly limited. Many clinicians wait years for trauma reprocessing. As a consequence of this conceptualization, many EMDR therapists do not use EMDR with most of their dissociative clients, and just use it with highly functioning patients, sometimes after years of therapy with other approaches. In this workshop we will describe (and exemplify with clinical cases and videos) different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients, from the preparatory phase, in what we have called a Progressive Approach. The way in which specific EMDR procedures can contribute to enhance recovery in survivors will be explained. For doing this, concepts from the different approaches and scientific knowledge about severe traumatization will be integrated with the Adaptive Information Processing Model from EMDR. The idea is to propose a holistic model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders. The interweaving between theoretical concepts and clinical procedures, theoretical developments and video examples, will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Therapist from approaches different from EMDR will understand what this therapy can offer to the treatment of severely traumatized people. EMDR therapists will learn new proposals of interventions at the different phases of the treatment. We will present different examples of interventions in severely traumatized patients: DID, DESNOS, BPD and Somatoform dissociation.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Gonzalez, A. (2013, June). EMDR in dissociative disorders: The progressive approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Nevertheless EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited to the treatment of traumatic memories in highly functioning dissociative clients, after a long preparation phase. From this conceptualization the use of EMDR is strongly limited, and many trauma survivors cannot benefit of it.
In this workshop a comprehensive model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders (the Progressive Approach) will be proposed. From this extended framework, different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients will be described, including procedures to prepare and stabilize these clients. The integration of these specific EMDR procedures into a group therapy for trauma survivors will be described. The interweaving between theoretical developments, clinical procedures and video examples will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Learning objectives: Propose a comprehensive model to approach dissociative clients from the EMDR perspective, connecting theoretical developments and clinical procedures; Identify difficult situations in EMDR therapy of severely traumatized people and describe EMDR procedures for dissociative clients, all along the different phases of treatment; Illustrate the “progressive approach” for the treatment of dissociative disorders with clinical examples and video fragments of individual and group sessions so EMDR therapists can understand when, where and how to apply these procedures in their clinical practice.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Progressive Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Beer, R., & Bronner, M. B. (2010). EMDR in paediatrics and rehabilitation: An effective tool for reduction of stress reactions?. Developmental Neurorehabilitation, 13(5), 307-309. doi:10.3109/17518423.2010.502914.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Having to cope with life-threatening injury or illness can be very stressful for children and their parents. In medical settings children—and parents—can be traumatized by various events both before and during hospitalization as well as during the rehabilitation-phase. Although most children and parents display remarkable resilience over time, stress levels can remain extremely high for a part of these children and parents throughout the entire hospital period and thereafter, culminating in various stress reactions. These reactions can be summarized in a framework of Pediatric Medical Traumatic Stress (PMTS). However, several evidence-based interventions are available presently. One of these evidence-based treatment interventions is Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Clinical efficiency of EMDR for children has been demonstrated by a recent meta-analysis and other studies. Application of EMDR should be taken into consideration whenever there is suffering from PMTS reactions—particularly intrusive memories, flashbacks, nightmares, anxiety and guilt feelings—or when these reactions interfere with either the recovery process or acceptance of a new situation. Integrated trauma-informed practice together with validated screening tools could be beneficial to families and possibly minimize or even prevent long-term PMTS reactions after life-threatening injury or illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Editorial  Pediatrics  Rehabilitation  Stress Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Hofmann, A. (2005, June). EMDR in the treatment of complex PTSD patients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with complex PTSD are a challenging patient population. Even if concepts like the Disorder of Extreme Stress (Herman et 01.1 and the new research on structural dissociation (Nijenhuis et al.) helps to understand these patients better, their treatment course is often complicated. In the treatment of these patients EMDR can be one of the key treatments approaches in a therapy setting that usually needs to also enclose other treatment modalities and the overall treatment plan. The objective of this course is to help therapists use the opportunities that the 8 phase EMDR treatment plan offers and to reduce the risks for their treatment course. Also the implications of the use of the standard protocol for EMDR and the inverted standard protocol are discussed. Depending on the size of the group, time for discussion about clinical cases of participants is welcome.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Richman, S. (2009, March). EMDR in the treatment of survivors of torture. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual EMDR Association UK & Ireland Conference, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation seeks to address some of the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who have been the victims of physical and/or psychological torture. The presentation will review characteristics of torture and how the helplessness experienced by victims physically and psychologically can help the therapist to case conceptualization and encourage adaptive learning with interweaves to assist the processing allowing adaptive linkage being made with dysfunctional memory storage. EMDR is very effective where trauma survivors present with somatisation, dissociation and frozen states but desensitization and reprocessing can only be embarked upon after adequate stabilization in the Preparation Phase. Methods of stabilization (including somatic stabilization) will be covered and thereafter the basic EMDR protocol implemented with the client focusing on damage to the self and the spirit.

Keywords: Symposium  Torture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. Groenendijk, M. (2010, April). EMDR in trauma-work with a patient with DID. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: EMDR is a powerfull technique for helping people overcoming their trauma’s. However, most of the clinical practice as well as the research has been focussed on type 1 trauma and simple PTSD. Gradually the field is expanding to complex early and chronic traumatization and dissociative problems. In this workshop I will share our experiences in this challenging field. I will start with a short introduction to EMDR, to structural dissociation and to the treatment of DID. Then I will present the case of an older woman with DID, who was treated in our residential psychotherapeutic setting. Central in this workshop is the very interesting (and moving) video-demonstration of EMDR with this DID-patient during a period of trauma-work. After reporting on the process and outcome of this therapy, the conclusion will be that EMDR can be effective for dissociative patients suffering from early and severe traumatization if several specific criteria are met. These criteria are about conceptualization according to the model of structural dissociation, about indication, timing, and preparation of the EMDR-sessions, about adaptation of the EMDR-protocol and about integration of EMDR in the broader phase-oriented state-of-the-art treatment of DID. At the end there will be time for questions and discussion.
Learning Outcomes 1. How to integrate EMDR in the phase-oriented treatment of DID 2. Inspiration for finding creative solutions for the problems that can occur during the session (e.g. dissociation, reliving traumatic experiences, acting-out) 3. Witnessing the effect of EMDR 4. Encouraging collegue’s to indicate EMDR for complex trauma (under specific conditions).

Keywords: DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). EMDR installation for facilitating emotional identification in the treatment of attachment disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling a child dissociating from emotions with severs attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR.
For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where EMDR has been used successfully. All the children had been taught safe space (or similar containment methods) to enable them to self regulate their emotions – however, prior to the installation they did not experience emotions to self regulate.
In all four cases, none of the children were able to access emotions and were severe attachment disordered. The children aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, comorbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly and when asked where they “felt emotions,” would state that they experienced emotion because they were told that they were experiencing emotion.
An example is one child who mentioned that she had been angry – she only knew this, because an adult had told her she was angry. Some4times, her hands were mottled when she was angry – but there appeared to be no internal awareness of emotional feelings. The three other children reported similar lack of awareness of internal emotions.
Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focused on a particular emotion and focus where in their body they experienced any feelings which may be associated with emotion.
The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously been able to. Many of these children had never cried or expressed emotions “normally” prior to this. An example of one child’s experience follows. “I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold – as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits. It’s blue and very lonely. It feels empty.” (This was a child who had never experienced any internal emotion since the age of t when he remembered feeling angry at being taken away from his parents by a social worker. This was the last time he remembered every experiencing any kind of emotion).
Following this, all the children were also encourage to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them.
One child reported: “I never knew how god it could feel to finally be allowed to cry and my throat doesn’t feel so stuck no more.”
Another child stated, “It feels good to be sad. When I cry – that stops my heart hurting so much and the treats make the glue to fix my broken heart.”
Another child experienced: “It’s okay to be angry. Anger isn’t scary – it’s just a feeling – just because I feel it doesn’t mean I have to kick off – and it feels strong to e angry – I have a right to be angry and that’s okay.” So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Emotional Identification  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. Puk, G. (2008, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients experiencing severe and repeated psychological trauma are among the most complicated patients to be treated in psychotherapy. Their treatment tends to be a multi-faceted approach of which EMDR is only one part, albeit a very important component. The objectives of the presentation are to assist the treating clinician in identifying the self-regulation deficits and degree of dissociation of their patients, as well as conceptualizing and implementing an effective treatment plan for the patient. This will include integrating the traditional three-stage model (stabilization, trauma processing and integration) of working with multiply-traumatized patients with the EMDR eight phase treatment model. Emphasis will be placed on stabilization, identifying when your patient is ready to begin trauma processing, as well as pacing the trauma work and managing clinical challenges during EMDR sessions. Clinical case material will be discussed in depth to illustrate the above.

Keywords: Master Series  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Zangwill, W. (2004, September). EMDR master series– I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many therapists erroneously think of EMDR as the phase of treatment involving eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR treatment begins the moment there is contact between client and clinician. From first contact, to target assessment, from bilateral stimulation to reevaluation, effective EMDR processing depends on a case formulation that enables the clinician to vary EMDR implementation depending on the client's underlying issues and maladaptive coping strategies. Using discussion, videotapes and live demonstration, this presentation will provide the EMDR clinician with an increased ability to recognize and target both the clients' painful memories and their underlying blocking beliefs. In every aspect of EMDR, from developing a therapeutic relationship to choosing targets, from obtaining negative and positive cognitions to developing cognitive interweaves, and even knowing when to restart bilateral stimulation, developing and using a conceptual framework will enable the EMDR clinician to provide much more effective treatment.

Keywords: Master Series  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Purandare, M., Bhagwagar, H., & Tank, P. (2010, July). EMDR on children affected by the earthquake. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Efficacy of EMDR on Children Affected by Earthquake: The aim of the study was to investigate the efficacy of EMDR as an intervention technique for trauma victims. A sample of 50 students, studying in 10th grade, age ranging from 14 to 16 years were selected. The Impact of Event Scale (IES) was administered to measure the intensity of trauma experienced. A pre-post test research design was used in the study. The results were in the predicted direction. EMDR was found to be effective in reducing avoidance, intrusion and hyper arousal as well as overall impact of trauma. “Group EMDR With Earthquake Survivors” The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic events and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, Western India in January 2001. This study was a part of the therapy work conducted with the survivors of the earthquake by the group of 40 practitioners from Mumbai and was over 4 months. The paper will present the following aspects: 1. The symptoms seen among the children depicting PTSD as per DSM IV criteria. Signs of Hyper-arousal, Avoidance and Intrusion were clearly seen especially in children 2. The process used. This was a modified version of the standard 8 phase protocol appropriate for use with group work. Butterfly hugs were used as BLS. Stages of EMDR for this group: 3. Observations and a few unique experiences These include blocking of trauma image, difficulty in safe place visualizing, difficulty in distancing and using creative techniques for soothing and relaxation. 4. Impact of the EMDR intervention with this group More than 16000 children from about 30 schools were seen. based on observations and reports by teachers during the follow up showed reduction in anxiety, reports of life resembling pre-earthquake, improved attention and concentration, better sleeping patterns and lowering of somatic complaints. Impact and expression of trauma in children exposed to the earthquake: The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic event and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, western India in January 2001. The Butterfly hug technique for bilateral stimulation was used following 8 steps of EMDR. Drawings of children were used as their expressions during different phases of EMDR. Drawings during “ Assessment phase” depicted feelings of insecurity, a sense of vacuum and emptiness, low energy levels, a desire for contact and help, feelings of guilt, poor body image, hypersensitivity was noticed almost universally and even during therapy. Drawings, following the processing and installation phases indicated the facial expression changed to a smile. Tears which were present in almost all drawings were not noted Positive cognitions were reflected in terms of the growth and freshness e.g. the newly growing grass. In spite of the various symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder, no gross disintegration of personality had been noted.

Keywords: Children  Earthquake  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Meignant, I. (2010, July). EMDR systemic approach: Application in couple's therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: “I want to be loved” (O.P) and” if someone loves me he will leave me” (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in relationship. The aim of EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these worldviews and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem which the couple come with, helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. This target plan can be apply to any dyad or system in crisis.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. Shapiro, F. (2012). EMDR therapy: An overview of current and future research. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 193-195. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.09.005.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Introduction: EMDR therapy is an eight-phase treatment approach widely recognized as a frontline treatment for trauma. Research over the past decade has addressed the utility of the eye movements, mechanism of action and comparisons with other forms of therapy. Literature and clinical findings: More than two-dozen randomized controlled trials (RCT) demonstrate the positive effects of EMDR therapy with trauma victims. Comparisons with trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy (TF-CBT) indicate comparable effects sizes. Approximately 20 additional RCT evaluated the eye movement component of EMDR in isolation, without the rest of the therapy procedures. These studies document a variety of positive effects, including a rapid decrease in distress and reduced clarity of the targeted disturbing image when compared to exposure-only conditions. Discussion: Research findings indicate that EMDR therapy and TF-CBT are based on different mechanisms of action in that EMDR therapy does not necessitate daily homework, sustained arousal or detailed descriptions of the event, and appears to take fewer sessions. EMDR is guided by the adaptive information processing model, which posits a wide range of adverse life experiences as the basis of pathology. Conclusions: Research is suggested to further explore mechanisms of action and address issues of efficiency and treatment differences. Rigorous research is also needed to investigate additional clinical applications.

Keywords: Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Murray, K. (2010, September/October). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
How can we support women with breast cancer (BC) in their bio-psycho-social healing? Are fearsof recurrence inevitable or a re-experiencing of unresolved BC diagnosis and treatment experiences? Participants will identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with BC, and the impacton treatment, quality of life, and fears of recurrence; review the seven cancer treatment stages, and potential traumas, triggers, and EMDR interventions of each; describe phase two interventions to manage worry, develop healing imagery and promote coping and positive health behaviors; and explain how past-present-future targeting can address fears of recurrence. Expanded from 2008, this workshop draws on psycho-oncology literature, clinical observations, and one client’s EMDR journey from “coping” to “living”.

Keywords: Breast Cancer  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Knipe, J. (2008, June). EMDR toolbox. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale  BHS  CIPOS  Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety  Psycholgical Defenses  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part. 2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client. 3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.

Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction  Psychological Defenses  Toolbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Knipe, J. (2006, June). EMDR toolbox: Video examples of methods of targeting avoidance, procrastination, affect dysregulation, the pain of being "dumped" by a lover, and a shame-based ego state in a client with a identity disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale  BHS  CIPOS  Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety  Psycholgical Defenses  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.

Keywords: Health Problems  Trauma Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Bossini, L., Tavanti, M., & Costrogiovanni, P. (2008, June). EMDR treatment for PTSD: Effect on hippocampal volume. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Animal and human subjects studies have shown that psychotropic drugs promote hippocampus neurogenesis and block or modulate the effects of stress on the hippocampus. However, the only study that has investigated the effects of psychotherapy on hippocampus volume failed to show any volumetric increase (1). Purpose of the Study: Aim of the study is to assess the effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment on hippocampal volume and on PTSD symptoms in ten drug-free patients with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Methods Used: First, we have compared hippocampal volumes of 10 drug-free patients with chronic PTSD to 10 case-matched non-PTSD comparison subjects. PTSD diagnosis and severity were established by the administration the Clinician Administered Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Scale (CAPS) (Phase 1). Second, we have assessed the effect of three months of EMDR treatment on hippocampal volumes and on PTSD symptoms of 10 outpatients with PTSD (Phase 2). Results: Phase 1 -A p less than .05 was chosen to indicate statistical significance. The results showed that patients had significantly smaller hippocampal volumes at baseline compared to the control subjects. Phase 2 - EMDR treatment resulted in a significant increase of right and left hippocampal volumes and in a significantly decrease of CAPS total score. Conclusions: The first part of this study confirmed that PTSD patients have smaller hippocampal volumes if compared to comparison subjects. The second part suggests that EMDR treatment is associated with a significant improvement of PTSD symptoms and an increase in hippocampal volumes.

Keywords: Hippocampal Volume  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.

Keywords: Sex Offenders  Substance Abusers  Symposium  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Marr, J. (2012). EMDR treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder: Preliminary research. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(1), 2-15. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.1.2.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reports the results of two experiments, each investigating a different eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and each with two young adult male participants with long-standing unremitting OCD. Two adaptations of Shapiro’s (2001) phobia protocol were developed, based on the theoretical view that OCD is a self-perpetuating disorder, with OCD compulsions and obsessions and current triggers reinforcing and maintaining the disorder. Both adaptations begin by addressing current obsessions and compulsions, instead of working on past memories; one strategy delays the cognitive installation phase; the other uses mental video playback in the desensitization of triggers. The four participants received 14–16 one-hour sessions, with no assigned homework. They were assessed with the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y-BOCS), with scores at pretreatment in the extreme range (mean 5 35.3). Symptom improvement was reported by participants after 2 or 3 sessions. Scores at posttreatment were in the subclinical/mild range for all participants (mean 5 8.5). Follow-up assessments were conducted at 4–6 months, indicating maintenance of treatment effects (mean 5 7.5). Symptom reduction was 70.4% at posttreatment and 76.1% at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol and 81.4% at posttreatment and at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback. Theoretical implications are discussed, and future research is recommended.

Keywords: Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol  Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback  OCD  Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder  Treatment Outcome Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Leeds, A. (2010, September/October). EMDR treatment of panic disorder with and without agoraphobia: Two model treatment plans. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will review strengths and limitations of treatments for PD and PDA with a focus on cognitive and behavioral therapies, pharmacotherapy, and EMDR. Two EMDR treatment plans will be presented: a Model I plan for PD without agoraphobia or other co-occurring disorders, and a Model II plan for more complex cases of PDA or PD with co-occurring anxiety or Axis II disorders. Clinical examples and specific guidelines will be presented for identifying PD targets and for when to extend preparation phase work and postpone reprocessing of core attachment material in Model II cases.

Keywords: Agoraphobia  Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives: Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model; Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.

Keywords: Children  Clergy Abuse  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  Treatment Tactics  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Wintersperger, S. (2008, September). EMDR und psychoanalyse [EMDR and psychoanalysis]. Pre-Congress am 11. Kongress der European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapie und Psychosomatische Medizin, Wien, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR wurde als ein Verfahren entwickelt, um belastende/traumatische Erinnerungen nachträglich zu verarbeiten/integrieren. Phase 4 des EMDR- Standardprotokolls, das sogenannte „Prozessieren“ hat hierbei eine zentrale Bedeutung, es ist ein spezifisches Kernstück in der EMDR-Behandlungstechnik. Es handelt sich dabei um eine gezielt in Gang gesetzte besondere Form des assoziativen „Denkens“, (das neurobiologisch gesprochen ein „subkortikales Denken“ ist), welches an das Freie Assoziieren in der Psychoanalyse erinnert.

EMDR was developed as a method to integrate process stressful / traumatic memories later /. Phase 4 of the EMDR standard protocol, the so-called "litigation" has a central role here, there is a specific key instrument in the EMDR treatment technology. This is a deliberately set in motion particular form of associative "thinking" (which is spoken a neurobiological "subcortical thinking"), which commemorates the free associating in psychoanalysis. Based on this observation I would make the attempt, on the one hand against the background Psychotraumatological concepts of integration and the other along the dimension of psychoanalytic concepts of insight and change illustrate this phenomenon. My working hypothesis is: The KH-views and treatment concepts of psychoanalysis and the neurobiological findings of psycho trauma are not incompatible in the focal point of change, he is now litigating or free association, faces some of the ways. As a conclusion I'm going to answer the question, can be combined if and under what conditions the EMDR treatment technique of psychoanalytic psychotherapy.

Keywords: Psychoanalysis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. ter Heide, J. J. (2008, June). EMDR versus stabilisation in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: Preliminary results of a pilot RCT. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Conference, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Despite the high prevalence of PTSD in refugee populations, it is as yet unclear how to treat traumatised refugees and asylum seekers most effectively. Whilst EMDR is a treatment of choice for PTSD, it is considered good clinical practice to use a phased model of intervention with these patients. In this model, a stabilisation phase precedes EMDR. Many clinicians are reluctant to try EMDR with this population for fear of psychological decompensation. They tend to stick to stabilisation techniques. Centrum ’45 in the Netherlands is a national centre for mental health care, specialising in the treatment of victims of war and organised violence. In order to optimise the mental health care offered, the centre is conducting a pilot RCT to see which is more effective in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: eight sessions of EMDR or eight sessions of stabilisation. The study population consists of 20 adult patients who applied for treatment and who met the DSM-IV criteria of PTSD, excluding those who are suicidal, psychotic, (hypo) manic or who suffer from substance abuse or eating disorders. Patients are screened for participation using the SCID module PTSD and part of the MINI. Symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety, and quality of life are assessed at pre- and post-treatment and follow-up, using the HTQ, HSCL-25 and the WHOQOL-BREF. The pilot study is due to finish in October 2008. In this poster presentation, we present preliminary findings, including data from the pre- and post-treatment assessments.

Keywords: Asylum Seekers  Poster  Refugees  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Fidelity Study  Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Case, C. (2013, May). EMDR with children ages 3-12, a developmental and attachment perspective. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address EMDR preparation phase work for children ages three to twelve. A developmental lens will be applied to helping children develop an Observing Self and internalized positive cognitions for successful processing. Enlisting parents as allies, and choosing the best method of processing will also be addressed.

Keywords: Children  Observing Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Beer, R., & de Roos, C. (2008, April). EMDR with chronologically traumatized children and adolescents. Workshop presentation at the 1st Bi-annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop important aspects of the treatment, with EMDR as the main approach, of chronically traumatized children and adolescents will be discussed. What are the necessary conditions to be present or to be created in the preparatory phase of treatment? How much and what kind of stabilization is needed as the bottom line before trauma processing by EMDR can be initiated? An overview of empirical studies on treatment effects with this specific population will be discussed. Using video fragments, we will clarify how EMDR can be embedded in multifaceted treatment programs in different treatment settings. The question will be dealt with how parents can (not) be involved in order to reach optimal treatment outcome. Learning objectives: 1. Enhance knowledge and understanding of the benefit of EMDR in the treatment of chronically traumatized children and adolescents 2. Enhance knowledge for identification of children and adolescents for whom EMDR may be appropriate. 3. Enhance understanding of the role for parents in the EMDR treatment with these clients.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Meignant, I. (2011, June). EMDR with couples in the context of family therapy [EMDR mit paaren im kontext der familientherapie]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of both Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model and the AIP model is a new perspective for couples’therapy and for EMDR target plan and further in individual therapy where relational problems are involved. This workshop will teach present a way to do a target plan for relational problem treatment. Focusing on couples’therapy the workshop will show how to do an EMDR case conceptualization integrating the systemic model. It will propose clinical question/answer that will help to decide to use EMDR or not in the couple session, choosing the position of the other member of the couple during the reprocessing phases. It will show the use of individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home. What we propose here is that the understanding of Mony Elkaïm’s Systemic model for a couple in crisis guides us to find where to work on the past of each member to heal the couple in the EMDR target plan. We imagine that this understanding can be of help to build a bridge between any 2 parts of a relation: 2friends, 2 colleagues, 2 persons from different culture or religion. The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples, EMDR case conceptualization and EMDR target plan. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: "I want to be loved" (O.P) and" if someone loves me he will leave me" (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in interaction. The aim of the EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem the couple is dealing with, hence helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight-phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. We will see how this target plan can apply to any dyad or system in crisis in family therapy, couple therapy and individual therapy. Learning objectives: •Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple or any relational present problem in an EMDR target plan. •Being able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple. •Evaluate more clearly whether and when to use EMDR in the couple therapy session. •Knowing specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with couple.

Keywords: Couples  Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Ordoux, I. M. (2008, June). EMDR within systemic couple therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples. He insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: “I want to be loved” (O.P) and” if someone loves me he will leave me” (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple. The aim of EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem which the couple come with, helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR eight phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied in relation to couple therapy. With case studies and practice example, we will see how we get through each phase with couples.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Moura, J. G. D. (2012, Novembro). EMDR – Construção de diagnóstico comum ou acertando o alvo [EMDR - Construction of common diagnosis or hitting the target]. In temas diversos. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A estabilização é o momento do processo onde recebemos o paciente construímos rapport, entendimento comum do que esta se passando, damos informações psicopedagógicas sobre o trauma e o que é EMDR e o preparamos para as próximas fases. Esta apresentação pretende focar esta primeira etapa, que seria a construção do que convencionamos chamar de setting terapêutico dentro da perspectiva do EMDR. Este é um momento fundamental para o sucesso do tratamento. Quando nos posicionamos de forma correta frente a ele construindo um entendimento comum, que também podemos chamar de diagnostico comum, emparelhamos, damos sentido e fluidez ao processo. Reproduzimos e ativamos dentro do jogo psicoterapêutico capacidade inata de nós seres humanos de mimetização e sincronização com o outro na intenção de realizar algo, aprender e melhorar nossas chances de sobreviver. Lançamos mão constantemente como terapeutas desta aptidão para resolução das equações trazidas por nossos pacientes e não raramente nos beneficiamos aprendendo mais sobre nós e o mundo. Este processo pressupõe um exercício de entrar na plástica do outro, estranhá-la e refletir para e com ele sobre o que o aflige e suas potencialidades. Como se dá este processo? Como podemos transformar impressões em narrativa? Como construímos um diagnostico comum?

The stabilization process is the time where we get the patient build rapport, common understanding of what is going on, we psychopedagogical information about trauma and what is EMDR and prepare for the next phases. This presentation aims to address this first phase, the construction of what would conventionally call the therapeutic setting within the perspective of EMDR. This is a critical time for successful treatment. When positioned correctly in front of him building a common understanding, which we can also call common diagnosis, emparelhamos, give direction and fluidity to the process. Reproduced within the game and activate innate ability psychotherapeutic us humans to mimic and synchronize with each other in an attempt to accomplish something, learn and improve our chances of survival. We used this constantly as therapists ability to solve the equations brought by our patients and not infrequently we benefit by learning more about ourselves and the world. This process involves an exercise of plastic entering the other, her strange and reflect and to him about what ails you and your capabilities. How is this process? How can we turn impressions into narrative? How to build a common diagnosis?

Keywords: Body Language  Building Common Diagnosis  Phases 1  Phase 2  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Mevissen, L., & Lievegoed, L. (2012, June). EMDR, a healing pathway also for people with Autism? [Mevissen]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Autism is characterized by impairment in information processing, with direct consequences for the AIP in EMDR as a result. This core impairment in autism strongly influences attachment development, relation to and communication with others, sense of self, relation to the own body and thus to bodily senses, functioning of the sensory system (hypo or hyper), view on the world, development of cognitive schemata and development of the stress system. People with autism are easily traumatized, even by 'small-­‐small-­‐t events'. Often a single trauma leads to complex traumatization. Because PTSD symptoms mimic symptoms of autism, 'diagnostic overshadowing' is a frequently seen phenomenon. This is even more the case in clients with some form of intellectual disability. In this workshop several cases of people with autism treated with EMDR will be presented and discussed, with the use of abundant video material: cases in which treatment is influenced by the autism, as well as cases in which the diagnosis 'autism' no longer fits after treatment of PTSD symptoms, or the other way round when a client referred for PTSD shows up in the course of treatment as having an autism spectrum disorder. Autism has consequences for all phases of the 8 phase 3 pronged therapy model of EMDR. This workshop emphasizes on the creative implementation of the core principles of EMDR in the treatment of people with various autism spectrum disorders.

El autismo se caracteriza por un impedimento del procesamiento de la información y, por tanto, con consecuencias directas para el SPIA en EMDR. Este impedimento fundamental en el autismo incide fuertemente en el desarrollo del apego, las relaciones y la comunicación con terceros, sentido del yo, la relación para con el propio cuerpo y, por ende, con los sentidos corporales, el funcionamiento del sistema sensorial (hipo o hiper), con su visión del mundo, el desarrollo de esquemas cognitivos y con el desarrollo del sistema del estrés. Las personas con autismo sufren traumatización con facilidad, incluido como consecuencia de 'sucesos con t minúscula'. A menudo, un único trauma conduce a una traumatización compleja. Dado que los síntomas de TEPT imitan los síntomas del autismo, 'el eclipse diagnóstico' es un fenómeno frecuente, aún más entre clientes que sufren algún tipo de discapacidad intelectual. En este taller, se presentará y se hablara de varios casos de personas con autismo que han sido tratados con EMDR, sirviéndose de mucho material en vídeo: aquellos casos en los que el tratamiento se ve afectado por el autismo, así como aquellos en los que el diagnóstico de 'autismo' deja de ser apropiado tras el tratamiento de los síntomas de TEPT o viceversa cuando en el transcurso del tratamiento, resulta que un cliente derivado por TEPT presenta un trastorno del espectro autista. El autismo tiene consecuencias en todas las fases del modelo terapéutico de EMDR que consta de 8 fases que trabajan en tres contextos. Este taller resalta la implantación creativa de los principios fundamentales del EMDR en el tratamiento de personas que sufren trastornos del espectro autista.

Keywords: Autism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Carvalho, E. (2012, June). EMDR, fotos, dibujos y metáforas [EMDR, pictures, drawings and metaphors]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present the adaptation of the traditional 8-­‐phase EMDR treatment approach using drawings, pictures and metaphorical language; with adults. The eight phases will be described in detail, and presentations from client cases will illustrate its use. Pictures will be shown from the beginning and end of the same session as a means of demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR and its power for change.
En este taller se presentará la adaptación del tratamiento tradicional de 8 fases EMDR usando dibujos, pinturas y lenguaje metafórico; con adultos. Las 8 fases serán descritas en detalle, y las presentaciones de casos clínicos reales ilustraran su uso. Las pinturas serán mostradas desde el principio hasta el final de la misma sesión con el fin de demostrar la eficacia del EMDR y su poder de cambio.

Keywords: Drawings, Metaphors  Pictures  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Couto, M., Farate, C., Ramos, S., & Fleming, M. (2012, June). EMDR, setting and therapeutic relationship: A comparative study with CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The therapeutic efficacy of EMDR is increasingly documented in process and outcome studies. However there is an ongoing debate on whether this effectiveness is mainly due to EMDR therapeutic techniques or to other variables. Since EMDR technical procedures are also related to the way the therapist manages both the space and the therapeutic relationship with the patient there is a growing trend towards the study of the influence of contextual and therapist variables on treatment outcome. This study aims to compare the management of both setting and therapeutic relationship among experienced EMDR, CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. The data and sample correspond to a preliminary phase of a broader research project whose aim is the construction of a psychometric instrument of trans-theoretical nature (Management of the Setting Scale-MSS) aimed at the assessment of setting on therapeutic outcome.

Keywords: CBT  Cogntive Behavior Therapy, Poster  Psychoanalysis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2011, August). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens; and describe several coaching methods for use in EMDR consultation. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Kong, C., & Lendl, J. (2012, October). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to: 1) cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation situations; 2) describe Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Theory as it applies to EMDR psychotherapy, for use in consultation; and 3) explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol in EMDR for use in consultation situations. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situation vignettes, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Consultants  Updates  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2010, September/October). EMDR-AIP update for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA Certification, and for becoming an Approved Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s Definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; and explain the eight-Phase/three-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA Certification requirements or how to become an Approved Consultant.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Rougemont-Bucking, A., & Zimmermann, E. N. (2012). EMDR-based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Schweizer Archiv Für Neurologie Und Psychiatrie, 163(3), 107-115.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The co-occurrence of PTSD and of substance use disorder (SD) is known to be very high. However the question of whether and how to treat such patients remains largely unanswered in the EMDR community. We report on two cases of EMDR-based treatment of heavily affected SD patients in whom psychotraumatic antecedents were identified. EMDR sessions focused on trauma-related material and not on the expression of cue-induced drug craving. The treatment appeared to be a difficult and challenging endeavour. However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug consumption could be observed. A long stabilisation phase was mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needed to be conducted with much flexibility. Interestingly, there was no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse. Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions and dissociation could be absorbed with specific well-known techniques without permanently increasing drug craving. These observations are discussed in relation to previously published concepts of using EMDR in the field of trauma and substance abuse.

Keywords: Addiction  Comorbidity  Dissociation  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Substance Use Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering. The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource. The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique Learning objectives: To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol. To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases. The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.

Keywords: Drawing Integration  Organic Disease  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex-PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Carvalho, E. R. (2007, June). EMDR: Drawings, pictures, and metaphors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present the adaptation of the traditional 8-phase EMDR protocol to the use of drawings, pictures and metaphorical language with adults. The protocol will be described in detail, and presentations from client cases will illustrate its use. Pictures will be shown from the beginning and end of the same sessions as a means of demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR and its power for change.

Keywords: Drawings  Metaphors  Pictures  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Greenwald, R. (2007, October). EMDR: Within a phase model of trauma-informed treatment. New York: Haworth Press. ix, 255 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Trauma is a potential source of most types of emotional or behavioral problems. Extensive research has shown EMDR to be an effective and efficient trauma treatment. EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment offers mental health professionals an accessible plain-language guide to this popular and successful method. The book also introduces the “Fairy Tale Model” as a way to understand and remember the essential phases of treatment and the tasks in each phase. This manual teaches a clear rationale and a systematic approach to trauma-informed treatment, including often-neglected elements of treatment that are essential to preparing clients for EMDR. The reader is led step by step through the treatment process, with scripted hands-on exercises to learn each skill. In addition to presenting the fundamental EMDR procedures, EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment teaches a treatment system that can be applied to a variety of cases. Using research-supported and proven-effective methods, this book takes you through the treatment process with easily-understood dialogues and examples. Explicitly guided exercises produce hands-on skills and familiarize you with ways to explain trauma to clients and prepare them for EMDR. You will also learn to problem-solve challenging cases using the trauma framework.

Keywords: Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing 2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7) 3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols. 4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods 5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience

Keywords: Closure  Containment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Quinn, G. (2013, May). EMDR: Immediate emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress. The Emergency Response Procedure is an adaptation of the Standard EMDR Protocol which was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn the Emergency Response Procedure and its application to treating clients immediately after a trauma. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder with survivors of the Tsunami in Thailand and with victims of terror and war. Learning Objectives: • Within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid, to learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma utilizing ERP • To apply ERP in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other time of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions • To learn when and how to use ERP for patients exhibiting “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in an ambulance en route to medical facilities • To understand how to utilize the Recent Events Protocol in the face of ongoing danger • To understand EMDR methods that may be used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment

Keywords: Disasters  Emergency Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. D‘Hooghe, D. (2010, June). EMDR‘s application in the treatment of children with selective mutism. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case concerns a 4,5 year old girl with Selective Mutism. In this particular case. I considered Selective Mutism a symptom of an attachment trauma. Since the trauma wasn't accessible seeing her age and the complexity of the trauma, I used the symptom as a target. I applied EMDR within a phase model: the preparation phase, confrontation phase and integration phase. During these three phases I continuously worked with bilateral stimulation It is my hypothesis that in this case the bilateral stimulation: 1. stimulated and strengthened positive links in the adaptive network. 2 synchronized the activity of both cerebral hemispheres, resulting in a connection between the primary emotions of traumatic experiences and rational insights and language. 3. unblocked the traumatic information and reactivated the natural healing process of the brain. I used several forms of bilateral stimulation as visual stimulation, tactile stimulation and the butterfly hug. Because of her lack of words, she wasn't able to tell me anything. So through storytelling I offered her different themes to which she could respond by making drawings, figures in clay, etc. During the preparation phase, I focused on safety, ego strengthening and affect management to reduce the fear to speak. 1. Working with safety : the eye movements were first accomplished using a safe Image which brought up her own sense of security. Then, after imagining this safe place, the child was willing to play tapping games to strengthen feelings of safety. 2. Ego strengthening : to feel as strong as possible by installing resources and positive cognitions, and guiding the child towards acceptance and development of its unique being. Bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences. 3. Affect management: in the process of strengthening affect management, the child was given access to her anxiety by storytelling linked to visualization, the use of images and bodywork. Again, bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences/skills. After a few sessions. I introduced the use of language and stimulated her to make sounds, followed by pronouncing places of words and finally the pronunciation of complete words and sentences. Through this whole process, 1 combined the specific exercises to learn how to speak with bilateral stimulations. During the twelfth session, the child started talking spontaneously Given the fact that there wasn't any direct confrontation work during the sessions, we are left to wonder whether there has or hasn't occurred any trauma processing. The symptom came to a halt, together with the disappearance of other symptoms that were Inked to the trauma. The question is whether it is necessary to confront young children with their trauma in order to heal. Nevertheless, it seems like the combination of bilateral stimulation with storytelling, art therapy, play therapy and visualization speeded up the elimination of the child's trauma symptoms considerably.

Keywords: Experimental Use  Selective Mutism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Quinn, G., & Zucker, D. (2008, June). Emergency EMDR & ERP (Emergency Response Procedure): Treatment following natural man made disasters for victims experiencing immediate high stress and including the period of ASD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It is believed that PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated early. Although usually used at a later time, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) Disaster Manual, was developed to deal with victims of natural and man made disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to these clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing Debriefing and ERP. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors of the earthquake in Turkey and the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war in Israel. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented and followed by a practicum. [There are 2 PDF files.]

Keywords: Emergency Response Procedure  ERP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Quinn, G. (2009). Emergency response procedure. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 271-276). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP) was initially developed to help victims within hours of a terrorist attack, but can be applied in the immediate aftermath of any trauma. Patients may present with "silent terror," shaking and inability to speak, or if they are verbal, often they are in a highly agitated state. The procedure has been used in the emergency room and during hospitalization. It is also appropriate for immediate intervention at the scene of critical incidents such as car accidents, earthquakes, natural or man-made disasters, and in ambulances. While taking an initial history, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR, ERP can be put into effect if patients suddenly abreact. This procedure presumes familiarity with the Standard EMDR Protocol of which it is an adaptation. Clinicians highly experienced in dealing with patients immediately after a traumatic event—who are not familiar with EMDR—will still benefit from this report. Note: This procedure has not received official sanctioning from the EMDR Institute and has not been validated by research. This procedure can only be considered after all medical needs have been evaluated or treated. The Emergency Response Procedure Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Emergency Response Procedure  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Shapiro, S. (2001). Enhancing self-belief with EMDR:  Developing a sense of mastery in the early phase of treatment. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 55(4), 531-542.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Deep inside each of us is a seed that holds our vision of truth, peace, and happiness. Our early childhood attachments, societal influences, and innate capacity determine how well that seed is nurtured and the deepest inner vision is set free. This article is about the ways that vision becomes clouded by attachment deficits, trauma, and subsequent symptoms. The deep inner wish to heal allows for transformation, and approaches like Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, and hypnotherapy can assist in creating a more rapid acceleration of trauma resolution and transformation of self. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  Self Efficacy  Self Esteem  Stressors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Jenkins, S., & Baker, J. (2011). The equine-assisted EMDR manual: A guide to the integration of eye movement desensitization reprocessing and equine-assisted therapy. Tempe, AZ: Dragonfly International Therapy .

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This manual includes an overview of Equine-Assisted Psychotherapy (EAP) and Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) individually, and the rationale for integrating them through the EquiLateral Protocol(TM). Learn about EMDR practitioner types and organizations in the marketplace. You will also get valuable "how-to's" for client selection, case conceptualization, target sequence planning and treatment planning! In addition, you will find case examples for each phase, treatment team roles, along with a sample eight-phased equine-based activity!

Keywords: EAP  Equine-Assisted Psychotherapy  Horses  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Stofsel, M. (2005, November). Ervaringen met EMDR bij complex trauma [Experience with complex trauma and EMDR]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Binnen de instelling waar ik werk, het SinaiCentrum (gespecialiseerd in de behandeling van de psychische gevolgen van structureel geweld bij slachtoffers van de tweede wereldoorlog (concentratiekampoverlevende, jappenkampoverlevenden, verzetsmensen, burgeroorlogsgetroffenen), de tweede generatie, vluchtelingen, asielzoekers en veteranen uit recente oorlogsgebieden treffen wij vooral type 2 trauma/complex trauma aan. De afgelopen drie jaar heb ik een ruime ervaring opgegaan met de toepassing van EMDR bij deze doelgroepen.
De toepassing van EMDR bij type 2 trauma is een nog relatief nieuw gebeid. In deze lezing wil ik stilstaan bij de ervaringen met betrekking tot - de indicatiestelling en diagnostiek, - stabilisatiefase, therapeutische relatie en de organisatorische inbedding hiervan, - keuzes met betrekking tot de te bewerken situaties en hoe beelden van mekaar te onderscheiden, - abrecations, - aantal sessies, - de taaiheid en soms moeizame vooruitgang, - verwevenheid met andere problematiek, - de fouten die gemaakt kunnen worden.
Ik zal een ander illustreren met enig video-materiaal Daarna gelegenheid tot diskussie.

Within the institution where I work, the Sinai Center specializing in the treatment of psychological consequences of structural violence in victims of WWII (concentration camp survivor, Japanese camp survivors, resisters, civil war victims), second generation refugees, asylum seekers and veterans of recent war zones we especially take Type 2 trauma / complex trauma. In the last three years I have extensive experience in applying EMDR absorbed by these groups.
The application of EMDR in type 2 trauma is a relatively new gebeid. In this lecture, I want to experience on - The indication and diagnostics, - Stabilization phase, therapeutic relationship and the organizational embedding of this, - Choices about the situations and how to edit images of each to distinguish - Abrecations, - Number of sessions, - The toughness and sometimes painful progress - Integration with other problems, - The mistakes that can be made.
I will illustrate with some video material with the opportunity for discussion afterwards.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Gabarra, D. O. (2012, Novembro). Estados de ego e o EMDR em quadros dissociativos [Ego states and EMDR in dissociative frames]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
O objetivo da oficina é abordar como os processos de dissociação consciente de papéis ou estados de ego podem ser utilizados para potencializar a reintegração psíquica dos pacientes dissociativos. Pacientes dissociativos sempre foram um dos grandes temores dos terapeutas em EMDR para o uso da fase 3 em diante. Geralmente esses quadros requerem um grande tempo de preparação além de um manejo mais avançado e interventivo durante o reprocessamento. Entretanto, entre pacientes com alto grau dissociativo é comum encontrarmos pessoas com grande fragilidade psíquica, acesso a um pobre histórico de recursos, uma grande dificuldade em se expressar, perceber e nomear seus sentimentos além de grande dificuldade em relatar seus traumas. Então, como avançar no protocolo de EMDR com pessoas tão fragilizadas e que quase não nos dão dicas do conteúdo de seus traumas? Alguns critérios hipotéticos auxiliam a instrumentalizar tanto o profissional quanto o paciente a enfrentarem o reprocessamento. Primeiramente, (a) se diante de uma história de traumas intensos a pessoa sobreviveu e chegou até você, é porque ela tem recursos importantes, mesmo que tenha dificuldade de acessá-los. Um desses recursos é o próprio quadro dissociativo que a protege da intensidade dos traumas e possibilita a vida “apesar de...”. (b) Se essas partes estão tão distantes uma da outra, é porque elas tiveram um motivo para isso, mas talvez esse motivo já esteja no passado, e hoje podemos caminhar para uma conversa. (c) Sendo todos esses papéis ou egos são partes do eu, certamente eles querem algo de positivo para esse eu, mesmo que aparentemente seja difícil perceber isso. Essas hipóteses ou crenças positivas a respeito do paciente devem ser checadas com dados de realidade para que possam ser fortalecidas, mas, mais do que isso, é fundamental que elas "transpirem por todos os poros do corpo do terapeuta". Identificados os estados de ego presentes no evento traumático parece ser mais fácil seguir com a etapa do reprocessamento de deforma menos interventiva, principalmente quando não se tem o conteúdo do evento em questão. Obviamente que todo esse processo deve levar todo o tempo necessário e seguido de todos os cuidados que a aplicação do EMDR demanda.

The goal of the workshop is to discuss how the processes of conscious dissociation of roles or ego states can be used to enhance the reintegration of the psychic dissociative patients. Dissociative patients have always been one of the great fears of EMDR therapists for use in phase 3 onwards. Generally these paintings require a great preparation time plus a more advanced and interventional management during reprocessing. However, among patients with high dissociative is common to find people with great fragility psychic, poor access to a historical resource, a great difficulty in expressing themselves, perceive and name their feelings besides great difficulty in reporting their trauma. So, how to advance the EMDR protocol with people so fragile and hardly give us hints of the contents of their trauma? Some hypothetical criteria help to equip both the professional and the patient to face the reprocessing. First, (a) in front of a history of severe trauma the person survived and came to you, it is because it has important features, even if you have difficulty accessing them. One of these features is the very dissociative disorder that protects the intensity of the trauma and allows life "although ...". (B) If these parties are so far apart, it's because they had a reason for that, but maybe that reason is already in the past, and today we can walk into a conversation. (C) Since all these roles and egos are part of me, surely they want something positive to me, although apparently it is difficult to realize this. These positive beliefs or assumptions about the patient be checked against data from reality so that they can be strengthened, but more than that, it is crucial that they "transpire from every pore of the body of the therapist." Identified ego states present at the traumatic event seems to be easier to follow with step of reprocessing deforms less interventionist, especially when you do not have the content of the event in question. Obviously, this entire process should take all the time necessary and followed by all care that the application of EMDR demand.

Keywords: Advanced Management  Dissociation  Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Gracheck, K. A. (2010). Evaluating the efficacy of EMDR as an athletic performance enhancement intervention. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. 3433356.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is traditionally regarded as a treatment for trauma; however, recent literature suggested that EMDR is also a promising athletic performance enhancement intervention. Sport psychology literature cited the need for scientifically sound research investigating new performance enhancement interventions. This study answered that call and sought to determine the validity of theories speculating about the efficacy of EMDR in sport. An internationally competitive cyclist participated in a case study investigating the efficacy of a unique EMDR protocol designed specifically for sport. The protocol integrated Resource Development and Installation, typically conducted during Phase 8, into Phase 2. Quantitative and qualitative results demonstrated that EMDR had a positive impact on measurable performance outcomes, performance anxiety, self-esteem, and motivation.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Montgomery, R. W., & Ayllon, T. (1994, September). Eye movement desensitization across subjects: Subjective and physiological measures of treatment efficacy. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 25(3), 217-230. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(94)90022-1.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization (EMD) was investigated in an experimental multiple baseline across subjects design. Six subjects who met the diagnostic criteria for PTSD were included in the study. While the EMD technique advanced by Shapiro has been reported to be clinically effective, major methodological issues have been raised which remain to be addressed. One issue raised is whether exposure to the traumatic image is sufficient to account for the reported clinical effects of EMD or whether the addition of saccadic eye movements is central to the treatment. This study attempted to address this concern by comparing two EMD-based procedures: a Non-saccade phase (without the saccadic eye movements) which functioned as a control and a second that included saccadic eye movements. Dependent variables included self-report information (SUDs, behavioral symptoms reports) and physiological data (heart rate and systolic blood pressure). The results showed no significant decreases in SUDs level with the EMD minus the saccadic eye movements procedure. However, five of the six subjects reported clinically significant decreases in their SUDs levels with the inclusion of the saccadic eye movements. This study appears to corroborate previous work employing single-case design as well as pre and postcomparisons. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychophysiology  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2010, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Retrieved from http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ViewIntervention.aspx?id=199 on 3/25/2011.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a one-on-one form of psychotherapy that is designed to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and to improve overall mental health functioning. Treatment is provided by an EMDR therapist, who first reviews the client's history and assesses the client's readiness for EMDR. During the preparation phase, the therapist works with the client to identify a positive memory associated with feelings of safety or calm that can be used if psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The target traumatic memory for the treatment session is accessed with attention to image, negative belief, and body sensations. Repetitive 30-second dual-attention exercises are conducted in which the client attends to a motor task while focusing on the target traumatic memory and then on any related negative thoughts, associations, and body sensations. The most common motor task used in EMDR is side-to-side eye movements that follow the therapist's finger; however, alternating hand tapping or auditory tones delivered through headphones can be used. The exercises are repeated until the client reports no emotional distress. The EMDR therapist then asks the client to think of a preferred positive belief regarding the incident and to focus on this positive belief while continuing with the exercises. The exercises end when the client reports with confidence comfortable feelings and a positive sense of self when recalling the target trauma. The therapist and client review the client's progress and discuss scenarios or contexts that might trigger psychological distress. These triggers and positive images for appropriate future action are also targeted and processed. In addition, the therapist asks the client to keep a journal, noting any material related to the traumatic memory, and to focus on the previously identified positive safe or calm memory whenever psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The underlying mechanism for how this process works to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression is unknown. Researchers have theorized that the positive effect is due to adaptive information processing, the theoretical model behind EMDR. Through adaptive information processing, the dual-attention exercises disrupt the client's stored memory of the trauma to allow for an elimination of negative beliefs, emotions, and somatic symptoms associated with the memory as it connects with more adaptive information stored in the memory networks. Once recall of the trauma no longer elicits negative beliefs, emotions, or somatic symptoms and the memory simultaneously shifts to a more adaptive set of beliefs, emotions, and somatic responses, it is stored again, overwriting the original memory of the trauma. EMDR is typically delivered in 60- to 90-minute sessions, although shorter sessions have been used successfully. The number of sessions varies with the complexity of the trauma being treated. For an isolated, single traumatic event, one to three sessions may be sufficient for treatment. However, when the trauma involves repeated traumatic events, such as combat trauma and physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, many more sessions may be needed for comprehensive treatment.

Keywords: Intervention Summary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In M. Hersen & W. Sledge (Eds.), Encyclopedia of psychotherapy, vol. 1 (pp. 777-785). New York: Elsevier Science.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
EMDR is an eight-phase treatment approach that brings together aspects of all the major psychological orientations. It has been validated by controlled research to be both effective and efficient in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Combat Veterans  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Silver, S. M., Rogers, S., & Russell, M. C. (2008, August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of war veterans. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 64(8), 947-957. doi:10.1002/jclp.20510.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent practice guidelines and meta-analyses have designated eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a first-line treatment for trauma. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing is an eight-phase therapeutic approach guided by an information-processing model that addresses the combat veteran's critical incidents, current triggers, and behaviors likely to prove useful in his or her future. Two case examples of combat veterans illustrate the ability of EMDR to achieve symptom reduction in a variety of clinical domains (e.g., anxiety, depression, anger, physical pain) simultaneously without requiring the patient to carry out homework assignments or discuss the details of the event. The treatment of phantom limb pain and other somatic presentations is also reviewed. The ability of EMDR to achieve positive effects without homework indicates that it can be effectively employed on consecutive days, making it especially useful during combat situations. [Wiley]

Keywords: Military Veterans  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Psychotherapy  Trauma  Treatment Effectiveness  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Coleman, G. L. (1999, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: An investigational study of the eye movement component using a within-subject design. Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago, IL. AAT 9926476.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed psychotherapy treatment procedure which combines imaginal exposure with eye movements and is reported to dramatically reduce negative symptoms associated with trauma related psychological disturbances and memories. The author reviewed and analyzed the current literature regarding EMDR, and conducted a within-subject design investigating the importance of the eye movement component in the EMDR treatment protocol by comparing the efficacy of an eye movement treatment condition, with two non-eye movement treatment conditions. The use of two different control conditions allowed comparisons of the eye movement condition (EMDR), which involved bilateral stimulation of the brain, with exposure to memory of the trauma without eye movements (Eye-Focus Desensitization), which served as a placebo, and exposure to memory of the trauma with a competing motor activity (Single Hand Tapping), which represented unilateral stimulation of the brain. This study also employed a delayed treatment condition to investigate the overall effectiveness of EMDR in treating PTSD. The subject was a 53-year-old Caucasian female who met DSM-IV criteria for PTSD. Dependent variables included a diagnostic instrument, which was the Structured Interview for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (SI-PTSD); global instruments, which included the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Impact of Events Scale (IES), and Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs); process measures, which included the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs) and Validity of Cognition (VOC) scale; and a self-report measure of overall improvement, which was the Image Desensitization Rating Scale (IDRS).Results demonstrated support for the superiority of an eye movement condition over that of both a no-eye movement condition (EFD), and a competing motor activity of single hand tapping (SHT) on process variables (SUDs and VOC), but not on weekly global measures (IES, BAI, and SUDs) in the single subject studied. Also, this study found support for the effectiveness of EMDR (delayed treatment phase) in reducing symptoms of anxiety, intrusiveness and avoidance, and subjective distress related to memory of trauma as measured by BAI, IES, and SUDs, and also in alleviating DSM-IV symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder for this subject. Experimental single-subject studies, as well as group designs, need to investigate possible neurological and theoretical explanations for the effectiveness of EMDR in future research. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(4-B), Oct 1999, pp. 1846.

Keywords: Avoidance  Case Report  Empirical Study  Females  Intrusive Thoughts  Middle Aged  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. EMDR International Association (EMDRIA) (2012, October 7). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing international association response to the Institute of Medicine report on “Treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder in military and veteran populations: Initial assessment”. EMDRIA. Retrieved from http://www.emdria.org/associations/12049/files/EMDRIA%20IOM%20Response.pdf on 10/19/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
In response to the Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) July 2012, publication, Treatment for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Military and Veteran Populations: Initial Assessment, the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing International Association (EMDRIA) applauds the IOM for its leadership role in calling for the use of evidence-based methods for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and for advocating stepped-up research on therapies for war stress injuries, with an appropriate recognition of the urgency required.
We do, however, see errors and omissions in the portrayal of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the IOM reports; we believe that the misrepresentation of EMDR in the 2008 document unfortunately has been perpetuated in the 2012 Initial Assessment. We are concerned that these misunderstandings will be incorporated as Phase 2 of this study proceeds; thus we are providing you with information with the hope that these inaccuracies can be addressed and corrected. This would positively impact further research on the treatment of PTSD. In the following, we have identified several specific statements in the IOM report that misquote or misrepresent the original EMDR research papers. The inaccuracy of the quotes are serious enough to bias the conclusions of the IOM report and call into question the validity of the document.
In addition, we want to highlight the fact that the original IOM report on PTSD called for randomized clinical trials (RCT) to further evaluate EMDR (IOM, 2008), but this recommendation has not been implemented. It is our hope that our response will encourage the IOM to address this lack of follow through and advocate for randomized clinical trials to test the efficacy of all the evidence-based therapies.

Keywords: Institute of Medicine Report  IOM Report  Military  Posttraumatic Stress  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Mihelich, M. L. (2000). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment of adjustment disorder. University of Tulsa, Tulsa, OK. AAT 9962187.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The advent of Eye Movement Desensitization (EMDR) for treatment of PTSD has been classified by the American Psychological Association as probably efficacious. Actual practice descriptions and EMDR training material suggest that many clinicians are using the technique to treat other mental health issues as well. This study compares outcome measures for two sessions of EMDR and two sessions of exposure for participants with Adjustment Disorder (AD). A licensed, EMDR trained mental health professional provided treatment for this serial case study (n = 9) design. A control treatment condition of time-yoked imagined exposure to disturbing memories in participants was used to control for common treatment factors and exposure elements of the treatment protocol. Measures included the Impact of Events Scale-R (IES-R), and the Outcome Questionnaire 45.2 (OQ) and the Symptom Response Rating Scale (SRRS). At follow-up, 7 of 9 individuals clinically improved by demonstrating score changes that exceeded the RCI [text missing here?] clinically significant improvement for 4 of these 6 individuals from baseline to followup as defined by the OQ authors. Those with anxious or mixed features improved, while participants with depressive features and ongoing stressors showed no improvement. This study's hypothesis was that the effects of EMDR would show score improvements on the dependent measures beyond the effects of RUIC. This was not found from baseline to follow-up. After the first treatment phase, 75% of the cases receiving EMDR produced clinically significant improvement on IES Total scores, as opposed to 25% of the RUIC treated individuals in the same phase. Implications for the clinical use of EMDR and exposure for AD are discussed. It is suggested that clinical evaluation of symptom and personality features presented by a patient prior to treatment will aid in the appropriate selection of effective treatment methods. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 61(2-B), Aug 2000, pp. 1091.

Keywords: Adjustment Disorder  Empirical Study  Exposure Therapy  Nonclinical Case Study  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Menon, S. B., & Jayan, C. (2010, July/December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A conceptual framework. Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine, 32(2), 136-140. doi:10.4103/0253-7176.78512.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a method which was initially used for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. But it is now being used in different therapeutic situations. EMDR is an eight-phase treatment method. History taking, client preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure and reevaluation of treatment effect are the eight phases of this treatment which are briefly described. A case report is also depicted which indicates the efficacy of EMDR. The areas where EMDR is used and the possible ways through which it is working are also described.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Martin, P. M. (1997, March). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A critical review. United States International University, San Diego, CA. AAT 9810369.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR, is a new clinical treatment shown to be effective for victims of trauma. EMDR is a time efficient, comprehensive methodology backed by positive, controlled research, for the treatment of the disturbing experiences that underlie many pathologies. An eight phase treatment approach that includes using eye movements or other left-right stimulation, EMDR helps victims of trauma reprocess disturbing thoughts and memories. This project reviews research and development, discusses theoretical constructs and possible underlying mechanisms, and presents protocols and procedures for the treatment of adults and children with a range of complaints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(9-B), Mar 1998, pp. 5129.

Keywords: Emotional Trauma  Literature Review  Methodology  Theories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Lohr, J., Tolin, D., & Kleinknecht, R. (1995, June). Eye movement desensitization of medical phobias:  Two case studies. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 26(2), 141-151. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(95)00011-N.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
We treated two medical phobic subjects with eye movement desensitization (EMD). Using detailed images of fear-related events, the treatment design conformed to an additive, within-series phase change to examine enduring effects. Results indicated that both subjects' verbal reports of fear decreased substantially using the EMD procedure. There were no consistent changes in heart rate. Similarly, self-reported fear toward a simulated blood draw decreased, but heart rate and blood pressure did not. Data for a number of standardized measures of medical fear indicated posttreatment reduction for both subjects. Anecdotal reports of medical procedures revealed limited generalization of treatment effects.

Keywords: Medical Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. McDonnell, F. (2012, October). Facilitating EMDR with Ericksonian hypnosis. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The spirit and principles of Ericksonian Hypnosis work well with other therapies and can be integrated effectively with the eight-phase EMDR protocol. The workshop will introduce some key concepts and elements of Ericksonian trance work. Conversational Ericksonian Hypnosis provides an elegant method for using metaphors and doing “parts work”, which can be combined with other interweaves. The application is particularly relevant where avoidance, ambivalence and blocking beliefs are an issue in treatment.

Keywords: Ericksonian Hypnosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2010, Oktobre). Fase 2 – Globale traumaverwerkingstechnieken [Phase 2 - Global trauma technique]. In M. Stöfsel and T. Moreen, Complex Trauma, Deel 3(pp. 131-135). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-8553-9_11 .

Language: Dutch

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Het komt nogal eens voor dat een behandelaar besluit een methode in te zetten die gericht is op afgebakende traumatische ervaringen, terwijl de cliënt eigenlijk zijn hele verhaal wil vertellen en behoefte heeft over al zijn ervaringen te getuigen. Deze behoefte van een cliënt kan conflicteren met de focus die gevraagd wordt bij een gedetailleerde procedure zoals exposure of EMDR. Daarom is het in sommige gevallen goed om een gedetailleerde traumabehandeling vooraf te laten gaan door een globalere methode. Soms blijkt dat zo’n globale methode al voldoende effectief is. Als dat niet het geval is, kan daarna alsnog een gedetailleerde behandeling zoals EMDR of exposure worden toegepast.

It sometimes happens that a practitioner decides to deploy a methodology aimed at defined traumatic experiences, while the customer really wants to tell his whole story and needs to testify about his experiences. These needs may conflict with a client focus that is asked by a detailed procedure as EMDR or exposure. Therefore, in some cases a good detailed trauma treatment preceding it by a more global approach. Occasionally, a global method is effective enough. If this is not the case, then still a detailed treatment such as EMDR or exposure are used.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Logie, R. (2012, October). Flash forwards. A special type of future template. Presentation at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The “Flashforwards” procedure will explained as a sub category of the existing concept of the “Future Template”. Situations in which the use of Flashforwards might be appropriate will be explained. The use of Flashforwards for various disorders in which there is a fear of future events (eg phobia, PTSD, OCD) will be outlined together with case examples including video. Participants will work through the Assessment phase of the EMDR protocol for a future feared situation using their own material.

Keywords: Flash Forward  Future Template  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Abbott, G. (2005, September). Four methods of target identification and ordering for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present an important review of Phase One of EMDR treatment as it fits within the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The presenter will describe and analyze four strategies for identifying and ordering targets for EMDR rreatment. Strategies to be covered are I ) Francine Shapiro's standard method; 2) A time line method, 3) A Genogram method proposed by Maureen Kitchur in her Strategic Developmental Model and 4) A hypnotic method inspired by Milton Erickson's February Man cases. Analysis of the unique strengths and limitations of each approach will be made. Clinical choices will be outlined with respect to the use of each strategy in light of characteristics of the client, the clinician, and the clinical setting itself. Case examples will be presented. Handouts wlth guidelines for each method will be distributed. Participants will be invited to engage in imaginal exercises to further the exploration of these strategies.

Keywords: February Man  Genogram  Maureen Kitchur  Milton Erickson  Targeting  Timeline  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Shapiro, S., & Abbott, G. (2004, September). Four methods of target selection for EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research indicates that adherence to all Eight Phases of EMDR correlates with improved therapeutic results. The Adaptive Information Processing Model contributes to our understanding of this finding. The focus of this workshop will be on the EMDR Phase One imperative of comprehensive evaluation and treatment planning prior to reprocessing. Participant will review 4 strategies for selecting and ordering targets for reprocessing: 1) Shapiro’s "ten most disturbing memories"; 2) A time line method: 3) Kitchur's genogram approach: and 4) hypnotic age-regression strategy inspired by Milton Erickson. The presenters will analyze each strategy, emphasizing its unique strengths, limitations, and vulnerabilities. Participants will engage in interactive exercises.

Keywords: Target Selection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Schofield, T. (1998, October). Francine Shapiro. The Family Journal, 6(4), 337-345. doi:10.1177/1066480798064016 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) provides an eight-phase emotionally corrective experience described as a "learning catalyst" for reprocessing traumatic events. The originator of EMDR discusses the experiences that influenced her innovative approach. EMDR is discussed as a learning catalyst, and many misconceptions about the approach are addressed. (EMK) Note:The following two links are not-applicable for text-based browsers or screen-reading software.

Keywords: Counseling Techniques  Counseling Theories  Counselors  Eye Movements  Family Counseling  Misconceptions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Martin, K. (2010, September/October). Fraser's dissociative table technique: A phase 2 strategy. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Accessing, identifying, and communicating with internal ego states are necessary for effective treatment of complex trauma and dissociation. To facilitate this, clinicians establish an imaginary internal meeting place where all parts of the client’s personality can gather. This gathering place provides a means to identify, stabilize, negotiate with, and prepare ego states for trauma reprocessing. In this workshop, Fraser’s Dissociative Table Technique will be taught and demonstrated as a Phase 2 strategy for stabilization and preparationfor Phase 4 trauma reprocessing. Using Fraser’s Dissociative Table Technique when Phase 4 reprocessing is stopped due to dissociation will also be demonstrated.

Keywords: Fraser's Dissociative Table Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.

Keywords: Children  Dissociation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). From the general to the specific—selecting the target memory. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 101-109. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.101.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book Integrating EMDR Into Your Practice (Royle & Kerr, 2010), which is a hands-on guide to facilitate the successful integration of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) training into therapists' practice while recognizing that trainees come from a range of theoretical backgrounds. This excerpt focuses on identifying the appropriate target memory and its related negative cognition (NC) in preparation for desensitization. Clients and therapists need to understand the rationale for selecting a particular target utilizing prioritization and clustering techniques. The importance of the belief system is discussed and methods of identifying the initial targets are offered, including the floatback technique. Many practitioners experience difficulty in getting the right NC, and methods for drawing this out are illustrated. Final preparations prior to desensitization are considered as well as the importance of addressing client anxieties and expectations. Throughout the excerpt, case vignettes are used to outline cautions and common pitfalls encountered by the novice EMDR therapist.

Keywords: Client Anxiety  Negative Cognition  Preparation Phase  Target Memory  Treatment Plan  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Child Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Grey, E. (2010, April/May). Gaining clarity … Driving your EMDR practice with the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The EMDR clinician’s understanding of the tenets of the AIP model and EMDR protocol is necessary for effective case conceptualization and treatment. This workshop is designed to assist the therapist in translating this knowledge into practical application of the AIP by adding an element of fun. Dr Grey is skilled at using analogies and narratives to make highly technical neuroscientific information user-friendly and understandable. His style is down-to-earth and engaging as he “plays” with the information to make it fun and interesting. You will leave the workshop with a stronger understanding of the AIP, 8-Phase Protocol, and the three-pronged approach; and having learned creative tools to apply to EMDR case conceptualization and planning.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.

Keywords: Basic Protocol  Three-Pronged Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Waldon, A. P. (2004). Goodbye yucky thoughts and feelings: An EMDR workbook for children. LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client through the EMDR protocol. Visually appealing illustrations based on children's drawings are used to encourage the child to draw imaginal and existing resources for strength, mastery, and comfort. Using these drawings, the therapist prepares the child for processing a trauma. Then, after the child draws a safe place, the therapist uses the workbook to help the child identify the thoughts, emotions, and body sensations related to the trauma. The child is then ready for Phase 4, desensitization and reprocessing of the trauma. The workbook continues by helping the therapist guide the child client through the remaining phases of the protocol, finishing with a Certificate of Accomplishment for the child to keep. Instructions for the therapist and worksheets for the therapist's notes are included. [EMDRResources abstract]

Keywords: Children  Workbook  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Forgash, C. A. (2005, September). Healing the heart of complex trauma through EMDR, ego state and somatosensory work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is increasingly being utilized to treat highly challenging clients with a variety of diagnoses including complex PTSD, DESNOS, and a range of dissociative disorders. The dissociative processes commonly described as part of the PTSD spectrum, are also predicted by early attachment difficulties and losses. These clients may present with elements of several disorders (i.e., Borderline PD). Without considerable stabilization work, they may be unable to process information safely. This presentation, through lecture, experiential work and case presentation, will provide clinicians with a model that enables them to provide EMDR treatment effectively with this population. Participants will become familiar with specialized treatment planning that begins with detailed and complex history taking and pays particular attention to an extensive individualized preparation phase. They will learn how and when to integrate ego state work, somatosensory work and disociative treatment strategies in this phase and throughout EMDR protocol work. This systemic work will be understood to help patients resolve internal conflicts, deal with stabilization, affect regulation, triggering, overwhelm, dissociation, and resistance.

Keywords: Challenging Clients  Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  Master Series  Somatosensory Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.

Keywords: Affect Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Forgash, C. A. (2004, September). Healing the heart of trauma:  Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma victims enter therapy seeking help with the symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. Additional trauma responses lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with trauma as well as with relationships. This can include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship with the victim). Integrating ego state strategies into the preparation phase of the standard protocol results in a safety and stability focused therapeutic approach. The emphasis in this presentation will be on developing interventions that provide stability and reconnection for the aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and life stresses and help clients access/work with their ego state system to desensitize and reprocess trauma.

Keywords: Connections  Stability  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Tudor, T. (1994). Healing the heart: EMDR in post-unification MPD therapy. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 8-9.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract: M
ultiple Personality Disorder (MPD) represents the most severe form of the Dissociative Disorders. The predominant symptoms are disturbances in the normally integrative functions of identity and memory (American Psychiatric Association, 1987). There has been an explosion of interest in the disorder since about 1984 Putnam, 1989; Ross, 1989), with many articles focusing upon phenomena, diagnosis, and treatment. The treatment articles have focused primarily upon thechallengingissues that have to be dealt with prior to the eventual unification ofthe mind, as represented by the fusions of the various alter personalities. Relatively little has been written about the post-unification phase of treatment, except that treatment does not end with unification (Kluft, 1988).

Keywords: Post-Unification MPD Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Seubert, A. (2008, September). A heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR holds great promise as an effective and efficient trauma treatment for clients with mental disabilities, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment, where and how EMDR fits within this model, and what adaptations are required to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities, supported by video clips, will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Participants will have the opportunity to address their own cases.

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of clients with mental disability (MH/MR)(Objective #1). At first, behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies, it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adopted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population.
EMDR, given it primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model (Objective #2). Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients (Objective #3).
A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with client with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clip of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR (Objective #4).
The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own (Objective #5).

Keywords: Mental Disability  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Seubert, A. (2006, September). The heart with a door: An EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades clinical experience, as well as research, has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioral therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight,and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and "right-brain" functioning to be impactful with this population. EMDR, given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the "phase model" aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania, as well as anecdotal reports, will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clips of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR. The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own.

Keywords: Mental Retardation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Seubert, A. (2008, June). A heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counselling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centred, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favour of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population. EMDR, given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clips of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR. The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own.

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Seubert, A. (2005, September). The heart with a door:  EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Session video clips, as well as anecdotal reports on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. This presentation will emphasize the "phase model" aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. Specific therapeutic issues common to this population will be highlighted while employing an expanded definition of the word "trauma."

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource. This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Marcus, S. (2008, Maart ). Het behandelen van hoofdpijn met geïntegreerde EMDR [Treating headaches with integrated EMDR]. Presentatie op het derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Amersfoort, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Negentig procent van het Amerikaanse publiek krijgt af en toe hoofdpijn. Naar schatting vijfenveertig miljoen Amerikanen hebben ernstige terugkerende hoofdpijn. Tot dusver is het primaire behandeling voor hoofdpijn is farmaceutica. Deze workshop beoogt u vertrouwd te maken met een niet-veilige alternatieve medicatie voor de behandeling van hoofdpijnen die gebruik maakt van EMDR. De bedoeling van dit seminar is om artsen te trainen in het gebruik van een geïntegreerde aanpak van EMDR bij de behandeling van spanning en migraine. Meer dan 50% van deze presentatie is de opleiding en "hands on" de praktijk van de geïntegreerde aanpak van EMDR. De twee primaire doelstellingen van dit seminar zijn aan a) een overzicht van de huidige professionele praktijken van de behandeling hoofdpijn en b) de deelnemers te trainen in het gebruik van geïntegreerde EMDR, Fase 1 (acute hoofdpijn reliëf) en fase 2 (multi-sessie behandeling van hoofdpijn ). Andere doelstellingen zijn onder andere inzicht hoofdpijn ontstaan, hoofdpijn trigger identificatie, hoofdpijn drempel theorie, overzicht van dr. Marcus 'Migraine Onderzoek, training in de geïntegreerde EMDR protocol dat ontwikkeld is voor de klinische praktijk, informed consent en inzicht in de rol van de provider bij de inzet van deze benadering in de klinische praktijk . Hoewel deze workshop is voor slechts EMDR getrainde clinicus, hoofdpijn eerdere ervaring in behandeling is niet vereist. Dit seminar zal u helpen om: 1. Geef hoofdpijn opluchting voor uw patiënten. 2. Herkennen de verschillende soorten hoofdpijn. 3. Inzicht in de biologie van de hoofdpijn. 4. Combat rebound of verslavingsproblemen gemaakt door migraine medicatie door het gebruik van natuurlijke methoden voor hoofdpijn behandeling. 5. Hier 8 niet-hoofdpijn medicatie interventies. 6. Integratie van een nieuw specialisme in uw praktijk.

Ninety percent of the American public gets occasional headaches. An estimated forty five million Americans have severe reoccurring headaches. Up until now the primary treatment for headaches has been pharmaceuticals. This workshop seeks to familiarize you with a safe non-medication alternative for the treatment of headaches that utilizes EMDR. The intent of this seminar is to train clinicians in the use of an integrated EMDR approach to treating tension and migraine headaches. Over 50% of this presentation is training and “hands on” practice of the Integrated EMDR approach. The two primary objectives of this seminar are to a) provide a professional overview of current practices of headache treatment and b) to train participants in the use of Integrated EMDR, Phase 1 (acute headache relief) and Phase 2 (multi-session headache treatment). Other objectives include understanding headache etiology, headache trigger identification, headache threshold theory, overview of Dr. Marcus’ Migraine Research, training in the Integrated EMDR protocol designed for clinical practice, informed consent and understanding the role of provider when deploying this approach in clinical practice. Although this workshop is for EMDR trained clinician’s only, previous experience in headache treatment is not required. This seminar will help you to: 1. Provide headache relief for your patients. 2. Recognize the different headache types. 3. Understand the biology of headaches. 4. Combat rebound or addiction problems created by migraine medication by utilizing natural methods for headache treatment. 5. Learn 8 non-medication headache interventions. 6. Integrate a new specialty into your practice.

Keywords: Headaches  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Rijkes, A., & Smeele, G. (2012, March). Hoofdzaken, EMDR behandeling van migraine en hoofdpijn [Basics, EMDR treatment of migraine and headache]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Naast een op de toepassing gerichte theoretische inleiding krijgt u meerdere demonstraties voorgeschoteld van de EMDR behandeling van migraine en hoofdpijn. Live en video. U kunt zich een eerste indruk vormen van methode, werkwijze en effectiviteit van de behandeling. Circa 15% van de mensheid heeft last van deze pijnsoort. Migraine komt bij vrouwen ongeveer driemaal zo vaak voor als bij mannen. De meeste medicijnen bieden geen oplossing op langere termijn, hebben bovendien als bijwerking hoofdpijnklachten. De Wereld Gezondheid Organisatie, WHO, heeft in 2011 aandacht gevraagd voor de ontwikkeling van nieuwe behandelmethoden, mede gelet het enorme productiviteitsverlies in de wereld. Werkgevers en Arbo-diensten hebben interesse in deze vorm van behandelen van werknemers. De geïntegreerde EMDR behandeling bestaat uit twee fasen; fase 1 is gericht op repressie: de behandeling van acute pijnklachten. Fase 2 is gericht op preventie: het voorkomen van pijnaanvallen in de toekomst. Cliënten hebben onmiddellijk baat bij de behandeling. Tijdens de workshop wordt tot slot informatie gegeven over de Nederlandse Special Interest Group (SIG) EMDR en Hoofdpijn.

Besides a theoretical introduction on the dedicated you presented several demonstrations of the EMDR treatment of migraine and headache. Live and video. You can first impression of method, process and effectiveness of treatment. Approximately 15% of humanity suffers from this kind of pain. Migraine affects women about three times as often as men. Most drugs do not address the longer term, also have as a side effect headaches. The World Health Organization, WHO, in 2011 has drawn attention to the development of new treatment methods, taking into account the enormous loss of productivity in the world. Employers and occupational health services are interested in this form of treatment of workers. The integrated EMDR treatment consists of two phases: Phase 1 focused on repression: the treatment of acute pain. Phase 2 focuses on prevention: prevention of pain attacks in the future. Clients benefit directly from the treatment. During the workshop, finally, information about the Dutch Special Interest Group (SIG) EMDR and Headache.

Keywords: Headaches  Migraines  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closing Down A Session  Complete Sessions  Incomplete Sessions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, Settembre). I disturbi de personalita e l’EMDR [Personaity disorders and EMDR]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I pazienti con disturbi di personalità manifestano difficoltà nel loro funzionamento quotidiano; nella loro storia di vita in molti casi sono presenti eventi traumatici e relazioni primarie di attaccamento insicuro. In questo workshop ci focalizzeremo sui disturbi di personalità del gruppo B, in particolar modo sui borderline. Tenteremo di spiegare l’interrelazione dei criteri del DSM con eventi traumatici precoci. Comprendere questi aspetti è basilare per un’adeguata concettualizzazione del caso nella Fase 1 e pianificazione del trattamento di questi pazienti con EMDR. ... In questo workshop verranno approfondite anche le evidenze empiriche riguardo al trauma e ai disturbi di personalità e le pubblicazioni riguardanti l’EMDR e i Disturbi di Personalità. Un aspetto interessante di questo workshop è l’integrazione dell’esposizione teorica e la presentazione di video di casi clinici, al fine di comprendere meglio gli specifici aspetti della terapia con EMDR nei disturbi di personalità . Verranno esposti e spiegati la struttura generale della terapia dell’EMDR nei disturbi di personalità, gli interventi della fase di preparazione e le considerazioni riguardo al lavoro sul trauma con l’EMDR.

Patients with personality disorders, difficulties in their daily operation; in their life history in many cases there are traumatic events and the primary relationships of insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on personality disorders in group B, especially on the borderline. We will attempt to explain the interrelationship of the criteria of the DSM with traumatic events early. Understanding these aspects is fundamental for an adequate conceptualization of the case in Phase 1 and treatment planning of these patients with EMDR. ... This workshop will also discuss the empirical evidence about the trauma and personality disorders, and publications on EMDR and Personality Disorders. An interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposure and presentation of video case studies, in order to better understand the specific aspects of EMDR therapy in personality disorders. Will be exhibited and explained the general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, the operations of preparation and considerations about the work on trauma with EMDR.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.

Keywords: Affect Tolerance  Poster  Self-Regulation  Social Functioning  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Forgash, C. A. (2003, September). Improving survivor’s health with integrated EMDR and ego state treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present an EMDR and Ego State integrated approach dealing with the health problems of child sexual abuse survivors (CSAS). These problems are exacerbated by dissociative and PTSD symptoms and may have affected clients accessing health care. These complex clients require tri-phased treatment approach which includes an extended preparation phase (to help CSAS manage triggers and avoid retraumatization in the healthcare setting) desensitization and reprocessing of earlier trauma, including both sexual abuse and medical situations, and the future template phase where consumer skills development will be planned, rehearsed and installed. The workshop will include handouts, bibliography, and a slide presentation.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Soderlund, J. (2000, September/October). Integral EMDR: An interview with Francine Shapiro. New Therapist, 9, 18-22.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
The preparation phase is working strongly within the experiential tradition because you’re making the person fully able to deal with the processing that needs to arise. And bringing in different self-control techniques also which come from the cognitive behavioural and hypnotic traditions. These are more on-the-spot shifts of state. It is important to discriminate between changing state and trait. Cognitive behavioural techniques help the person to keep down their stress level in the present. These are important tools, but they are considered a first step in the EMDR treatment. The primary goal is to change the dysfunctional traits of the person, in addition to giving them “state” control. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Francine Shapiro  Interview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. D'Hooghe, D. (2012, June). Integrating attachment theory and the AIP model in working with early childhood trauma in an attachment relationship [La integración de la teoría del apego y el modelo AIP al trabajar sobre el trauma infantil precoz dentro de una relación de apego]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this presentation I would emphasize the relationship between attachment, trauma and the development of the AMN (adaptive memory network). From a psychobiological point of view, we understand that early relational experiences shape brain growth and organization and that the major environmental influence on the development of the brain is the attachment relationship. Reductions in brain volume and dysfunctional memory networks following traumatic experiences in early childhood are documented. When there is a distressing incident, it may become stored in state-­‐specific form, unable to connect with other memory networks that hold adaptive information. The research of the neurobiology of the social brain and the mirror neuron system let us assume that the AMN is developing in the presence of an attuned caretaker. Healing traumatic memories is relational and procedural. I use EMDR within the Phase-­‐ model of trauma-­‐informed treatment. During the preparation phase (phase 1 and 2 EMDR protocol) I would like to stress the importance of: • evaluating the attachment pattern of the child. It affects how the child relates to the therapist. Establishing a healing therapeutic relationship is a goal of phase 2. • the activation of networks containing adaptive information and positive memories • increasing coping abilities, self-­‐efficacy and sense of mastery. That may result in reduction of the fear responses and enabling changes in the meaning of the experiences, and a new memory can be formed.

En esta presentación, queremos enfatizar la relación que existe entre apego, trauma y desarrollo de la red adaptativa de memoria (AMN). Desde un punto de vista psicológico, entendemos que una temprana experiencia relacional forma el cerebro y hace crecer la organización y consideramos que la principal influencia ambiental del desarrollo del cerebro es la relación de apego. Las reducciones en el tamaño del volumen del cerebro y las redes de memoria disfuncionales seguidas de experiencias traumáticas en la infancia están documentadas. Cuando existe un evento vital estresante, puede ser almacenado en una forma específica de estado, impidiendo conectar con otras redes de memoria que retienen la información adaptativa. La investigación de la neurobiología del cerebro social y el sistema de neuronas espejo, nos permite asumir que la AMN se desarrolla en presencia de un cuidador acostumbrado. Sanar recuerdos traumáticos es relacional y referente al procesamiento. Yo uso EMDR dentro del modelo-­‐fase del tratamiento para el trauma informado por el paciente. Tratamiento del modelo de fase para el trauma informado: Durante la preparación fase (fase 1 y 2 del protocolo EMDR) me gustaría recalcar la importancia de: -­‐ Evaluar el patrón de apego del niño. Que afecta en como el niño se relaciona con el terapeuta. -­‐ La activación de redes que contienen información adaptativa y recuerdos positivos. -­‐ Incremento de las habilidades de afrontamiento, autoeficacia y autocontrol. Esto puede conllevar una reducción de las respuestas de miedo e inhibir cambios en significado de las experiencias y puede llevar a la formación de un nuevo recuerdo.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Attachment Theory  Childhood Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.

Keywords: C-PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  Dissociative Disorders  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Gelinas, D. (2003). Integrating EMDR into phase-oriented treatment for trauma. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 4(3), 91-135. doi:10.1300/J229v04n03_06.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Originally introduced a century ago by Pierre Janet, phase-oriented treatment has been independently proposed by many authors and is now widely considered by trauma specialists to be the treatment of choice for PTSD and other posttraumatic disorders. Much more recently, introduced by Francine Shapiro in 1989, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has also become available for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma-based disorders. EMDR has become widely accepted by clinicians and has received strong support regarding its efficacy from a wide range of empirical studies. However, with a very few exceptions (highlighted in this paper), these two major approaches for treating trauma have developed largely independently. The present paper integrates the major EMDR developments with the different stages of the phase-oriented approach to assess if such an integration is conceptually and clinically useful. The EMDR developments integrated into the phases of trauma treatment include: Shapiro's prototypic protocol for PTSD and the protocols for other trauma-based disorders, safety protocols, Leeds' and Korn's work with Resource Development and Installation, and Kitchur's Strategic Developmental Model for EMDR. The usefulness of integrating phase-oriented treatment and EMDR is then assessed. These approaches were found to strongly complement each other in their clinical strengths and weaknesses, while sharing many underlying theoretical and structural elements. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Dissociative Identity Disorder  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2010). Integrating EMDR into your practice. New York: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract: The book offers practical guidance and strategies to avoid the common pitfalls of EMDR practice through the 8-phase protocol. Chapters will include Frequently Asked Questions about subjects, such as confidence and other 'horror stories' that are often heard by EMDR therapists. The text proposes to guide those therapists into a safer way of working while encouraging them to access accredited training and supervision for their practice. The scope of the book is limited to EMDR practice with adults. It includes case studies that illustrate common pitfalls and strategies for preventing them. There are FAQ's and 'Whatever you do, don't do this' provided for each stage. Narratives from EMDR clients offer insight for the practitioner.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Darker-Smith, S. (2008, June). Integrating emotion for attached-disordered and dissociated children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling children disassociating from emotions with severe attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR. For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where none of the children were able to access emotions and were attachment disordered. The children were aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, co-morbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly. Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focus on a particular emotion and focus on where in their body they experienced any feelings, which may be associated to that emotion. The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously expressed, prior to this. An example of one child�s experience follows: �I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold � as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits��. Following on this, all the children were also encouraged to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them. One child stated: �It feels good to be sad. When I cry � that stops my heart hurting so much and the tears make the glue to fix my broken heart.� So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Dissociation  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Inner Child Therapy  Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation  Protocol  RDI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. Forgash, C. A. (2006, June). The integration of EMDR and ego state. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop, heterogeneous and complex disorders, including PTSD, is a highly complex set of diagnostics was traumatized patients focuses on integrating identity status and EMDR. These problems are usually the people who lived and stabilization to establish a therapeutic relationship to work with, management, heterogeneous resistance to influence symptoms and the need for large-scale preparation. Availability to work with this self EMDR to integrate in the extended protocol, only the heterogeneous symptoms of PTSD and reach can be disposed much more comprehensive results. Trauma, loss and the related disorders of the effects of empathy and understanding by working with an approach that meets with the patient and help resolve critical issues of our life plan and create. Workshops open and clear theoretical base, technical innovation and EMDR and ego state work in the field of practical strategies and case presentations will take place. With these workshops, participants will understand the following topics 1. Self status of the theory of information processing model can be associated with Apate 2. Foundations of the theory of self status 3. EMDR and the status of all Self reasons 4. Separation and stabilization strategies for specific disorders help to manage 5. Processing phase to be resolved in EMDR trauma provider of advanced techniques assemblies

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Lohr, J., Tolin, D., & Kleinknecht, R. (1996, January). An intensive design investigation of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing of claustrophobia. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 10(1), 73-88. doi:10.1016/0887-6185(95)00036-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Two claustrophobic subjects were treated with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a new treatment for induced anxiety disorders. Both subjects were interviewed to construct detailed images of fear-related events before treatment. The treatment followed a within-series phase-change design to examine the effects of eye movement added to the general treatment protocol. Both subjects' verbal reports of fear changed substantially when eye movements were added to the general treatment protocol. It was concluded that the addition of eye movement was necessary to reduce the aversiveness of some phobic imagery. No change in heart rate was observed for either subject. These results are discussed within the framework of the growing number of EMDR outcome studies (ScienceDirect).

Keywords: Claustrophia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Paterson, M. (2001, May). Interactive cognitive sub-systems as a theoretical basis for EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a novel approach to treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It relies upon having clients access images of their traumas, negative self-schemas, emotions, and somatic memories and reprocessing these to resolution of the traumatic memory. The simultaneous linking of these components is accompanied by alternating stimulations of the brains hemispheres using either auditory tones, tactile sensation, or rapid eye movements across the visual field. Successful completion of the treatment results in trauma images fading, positive cognitive shift, reduction of negative affect, and disappearance of somatic sensations. Shapiro (1995) proposed an 'accelerated processing model' for EMDR that essentially pulls together the different strands of the treatment in a coherent way. It suggests that the brain heals itself, as with tissue damage, and changes in symptomatology are always from negative to positive. What Shapiro's model does not do is operationally define her concepts and explain the way changes in dysfunctional information occur. For example, the EMDR model, as with Beck's (1987) Clinical Cognitive Model, accepts that clients place new meaning on dysfunctionally stored information, but lacks explanation of how this occurs: i.e. the shift from irrational to rational beliefs, and from 'cold' to 'hot' cognitions. This paper rectifies the difficulties the 'accelerated processing model' has in acting as a theoretical basis for EMDR. It describes firstly the received wisdom on the neurophysiological, and psychological correlates of PTSD. It then goes on to examine the treatment components considered necessary for the effective resolution of the disorder. In its final phase, the paper considers how well models of information processing explain the acquisition and maintenance of PTSD. It adopts a modification of the Ingerchanging Cognitive Subsystems (ICS) approach (Teasdale & Barnard, 1993), a theory based in cognitive science, to operationally define EMDR's component parts and its process in the treatment of PTSD. The ICS approach is recommended as a useful way to conceptualise the maintenance of PTSD and a strong theoretical basis for EMDR.

Keywords: Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. Jarero, I., & Uribe, S. (2012). Intervención temprana en salud mental en una situación de masacre humana: Fosas clandestinas en durango 2011 [Early mental health intervention in human slaughter situation: Mass graves in 2011 Durango]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 4(1).

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract: Resumen. La Comisión Nacional de los Derechos Humanos solicitó el apoyo de la Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, con la solicitud de atender al personal forense de la Fiscalía General del Estado de Durango en México. Una sola sesión del Protocolo de EMDR para Incidentes Críticos Recientes fue brindada a 32 personas que estuvieron trabajando con 258 cuerpos recuperados de fosas clandestinas. Tanto los resultados estadísticos pre y post tratamiento, como el seguimiento que se hizo a los 3 y 5 meses, mostraron la mejoría de las personas atendidas y una significativa reducción en síntomas de estrés postraumático y de Trastorno por Estrés Postraumático (TEPT), a pesar de que continuaron realizando el trabajo de recuperación de cuerpos extraídos de las fosas clandestinas y estuvieron expuestos continuamente a terribles estresores emocionales. Los resultados estadísticos obtenidos sugieren que la intervención ayudó a prevenir el desarrollo del TEPT en su fase crónica y a incrementar la resiliencia psicológica y emocional. Nota: Este documento es una reseña de dos artículos publicados por Ignacio Jarero y Susana Uribe en el Journal of EMDR Practice and Research durante 2011 y 2012 titulados The EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents: Application in a Human Massacre Situation y Follow-UP Report of an Application in a Human Massacre Situation.

Summary. The National Commission on Human Rights requested the support of the Mexican Association for Crisis Assistance Mental, with the request to address the forensic staff of the Attorney General of the State of Durango in Mexico. A single session of EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Incident was given to 32 people who were working with 258 bodies recovered from mass graves. Both statistical results before and after treatment, the monitoring was done at 3 and 5 months, showed the improvement of people served and significant reduction in symptoms of posttraumatic stress and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), despite they continued doing the work of recovery of bodies extracted from the mass graves and were continuously exposed to terrible emotional stressors. The statistical results obtained suggest that the intervention helped prevent the development of PTSD in its chronic phase and increase psychological and emotional resilience. Note: This document is a review of two articles published by Ignacio Uribe Jarero and Susanna in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research in 2011 to 2012 graduates The EMDR Protocol for Critical Incidents Recent: Application in Human Massacre Situation and Follow-Up Report of an Application in a Human Situation Massacre.

Keywords: Durango  Early Intervention  Human Slaughter  Mass Graves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives: • Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are • Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma • Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used. • Describe 5 ways to time orient a client • Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.

Keywords: Orientation Interventions  Time Orientation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Teixeira, R (2007, Novembro). Introdução ao EMDR: Protocolo 8 fases EMDR [Introduction to EMDR: 8 phase EMDR protocol]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Processamento Adaptativo de Informação; Protocolo de 8 fases e a estrutração dos ICES.

Adaptive Information Processing; Protocol 8 phases.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Eight Phases  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Ackerman, M. (2012, July 3). Is EMDR the cure?. The Fix, Addiction and Recovery Straight Up. Retrieved from http://www.thefix.com/content/emdr-cure-for-addiction-10083?page=1 on Juky 14, 2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
When Nicole, a 40-year-old teacher from Santa Barbara, began doing EMDR therapy, she had already been in regular old therapy since the age of 18. But despite years of cognitive behavioral work, she suffered an emotional breakdown at 38 and wound up at an inpatient treatment center. While being in treatment helped, what brought Nicole back to normalcy was a form of psychotherapy known as EMDR—which stands for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing and involves a therapist leading a patient through an eight-phase treatment, including a series of left-to-right and right-to-left eye movements, in a way that’s meant to process memories stored in the brain. Within a matter of weeks of once-a-week treatments, Nicole realized just how much her past experiences of bad romantic relationships were affecting her physically. “I realized that I was engaging in my addiction to avoid emotional pain,” she says. “When you don’t have a full self, you fill that emptiness with whatever substance you can get. Because EMDR is so focused on how trauma is stored in your body, it allowed me to experience the grieving process that I needed and let me release the negative emotions that were affecting me.”

Keywords: Addiction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Tripolt, R. (2008, September). Körpererfahrung und EMDR-prozess [Body experience and the EMDR process]. Vortrag im Rahmen der Pre-Kongress zum Thema EMDR bei der Vorkkongress EMDR beim Europaischen Hypnoeskongress, Wien, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Menschen die an einer PTBS und deren Folgen leiden, erleben den Körper und dessen Symptome oft als Feind. Die sanfte, geleitete Schulung der Körperwahrnehmung ist ein Weg sich mit dem Körper anzufreunden. Lernen, angenehme Körperempfindungen wahrzunehmen erhöht das Vertrauen und erleichtert die Verarbeitung schmerzvoller Erfahrungen. Lernen mit unangenehmen oder schmerzhaften Körperwahrnehmungen umzugehen, reduziert die Angst. Den Focus auf die Körpersensationen zu richten, setzt voraus, mit den auftretenden Körpererinnerungen, Schmerzen und/oder der Übererregung fertig werden zu können. Die Kombination von Körper- und Körperimpulswahrnehmung und bewusster Bewegung im EMDR Prozess gibt die notwendige Sicherheit und erlaubt durch tiefe und bewußte Körpererfahrung eine sanfte Verarbeitung und Integration traumatischer Erfahrungen. Stabilisierungsphase: Aufbau und Verankerung positiver Körpererfahrung und Körperressourcen mit bilateraler Stimulierung. Schulung der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung und deren Verbalisierung. Psychoedukation in Hinblick auf amnestische und/oder vorsprachlich codierte Erfahrungen im sinnlich, körperlichen Bereich. EMDR Prozess: Erweiterung des EMDR Protokolls um das Installieren von Körperressourcen. Einweben von Bewegungsimagination und gerichteter Aufmerksamkeit auf bewusste Handlungsimpulse. Bewusstmachen und therapeutisches Nutzen von Körperhaltungen, Bewegungsimpulsen und Bewegungen während der Prozessierungsphase. Abschluss und Integration: Körpertest vor Abschluss des Protokolls. Integration von neuer Körpererfahrung in Bewegung, Handlung und Begegnung. Führen eines Therapietagebuchs mit den Kategorien: Ich denke (Kognition) – Ich fühle(Emotion) – Ich spüre (sinnliches Erleben).

People suffering from PTSD and the consequences of experiencing the body and its symptoms often an enemy. The gentle, conducted training of body awareness is a way to make friends with the body. Learning to perceive pleasant body sensations increased confidence and facilitate the processing of painful experiences. Learning to deal with unpleasant or painful body awareness, reduces anxiety. The focus to addressing the body sensations presupposes being able to cope with the developing body memories, pain and / or hyperarousal. The combination of body and body movement in the conscious perception and impulse EMDR process provides the necessary security and allows the body through deep and conscious experience a gentle processing and integration of traumatic experiences. Stabilization phase: structure and anchoring positive body experience and body resources with bilateral stimulation. Training of sensory perception and its verbalization. Psychoeducation in terms of amnesic and / or encoded preverbal experience in sensual, physical area. EMDR process: expansion of the EMDR protocol for the installation of body resources. Weaving of movement and imagination directed attention to conscious action impulses. Awareness and therapeutic benefits of postures, movement, impulses and movements during the Prozessierungsphase. Completion and integration: body test before the conclusion of the Protocol. Integration of new body of experience in movement, action and encounter. Run a therapy diary with the categories: I think (cognition) - I feel (emotion) - I feel (sensory experience).

Keywords: Body Experience  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Miti, G., & Onofri, A. (2011, Guigno). La psicoterapia dei disturbi dissociativi: Dalle tecniche cognitivo-comportamentali all'approccio EMDR [Psychotherapy of dissociative disorders: From cognitive-behavioral techniques to the EMDR approach]. Cognitivismo Clinico, 8(1), 73-91 .

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Gli Autori illustrano i princìpi fondamentali nel trattamento dei Disturbi Dissociativi, nell’ottica della psicoterapia cognitivo-evoluzionista. Descrivono la cosiddetta “Terapia per fasi”, caratterizzata dalla iniziale ricerca della stabilizzazione del paziente e da una riduzione sintomatologica; quindi da una fase centrale di elaborazione dei traumi relazionali e complessi considerati frequentemente alla base degli stati dissociativi; infine dalla integrazione e ricerca di una “crescita post-traumatica”. Gli Autori prendono in esame le diverse strategie e tecniche più frequentemente utilizzate, da quelle legate al lavoro terapeutico sul corpo ai gruppi di mutuo aiuto, dalla psicofarmacologia all’ipnosi. Una parte significativa dell’articolo è dedicata all’uso dell’approccio EMDR nel trattamento degli stati dissociativi.

The Authors show the fundamental principles in the treatment of the Dissociative Disorders, in the perspective of the Cognitive-Evolutionary Psychotherapy. They describe the so called “Staged Therapy”, characterized by a starting phase toward the stabilization of the patient and the symptomatology’s reduction; by a central phase of processing of the relational and complex traumas often grounding the dissociative states; and then by an integration and a “post-traumatic growing”. The Authors examine the different strategies and techniques, most frequently used, from the therapeutical body work till self-help groups, from psychopharmacology till hypnosis. A significant part of the article show the importance of the EMDR approach in the treatment of dissociative states.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Bossini, L., Tavanti, M., Calossi, S., Marino, G., Pieraccini, F., Vatti, G., & Castrogiovanni, P. (2008, Novembre). Le modificazioni del volume hippocampale dopo una terapia con EMDR nel PTSD [EMDR treatment for PTSD: effect on hippocampal volume]. Plenaria presentato le applicazioni cliniche di EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Molti studi di Risonanza Magnetica (RM) hanno mostrato che in pazienti con Disturbo Post-Traumatico da Stress (DPTS) è presente un volume ippocampale più piccolo se confrontato con i controlli sani. Allo stesso tempo altre indagini hanno mostrato che i farmaci psichiatrici bloccano gli effetti dello stress nell’ippocampo e promuovano la neurogenesi a livello ippocampale. Comunque il solo studio che ha investigato gli effetti di un tipo di psicoterapia non ha evidenziato modificazioni volumetriche significative (1). Scopo dello Studio: Scopo dello studio è indagare gli effetti del trattamento con EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) sul volume ippocampale e sui sintomi clinici di un gruppo di pazienti con DPTS. Metodologia: Abbiamo paragonato gli ippocampi di 9 pazienti con DPTS cronico e mai sottoposti ad alcun tipo di terapia (farmacologica e/o psicoterapica) a 9 soggetti sani accoppiati per sesso, età e scolarità. La diagnosi e la severità del DPTS è stata misurata tramite la Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) (Fase 1). Successivamente tutti i soggetti con DPTS sono stati sottoposti a 12 sedute settimanali di EMDR della durata di 90 minuti ciascuna e nuovamente sottoposti a valutazione clinica e RM (Fase 2). Risultati: Fase 1 - E’ stata scelta una p inferiore di .05 per indicare la significatività statistica. L’analisi della covarianza (ANCOVA) con l’emisfero (ippocampo sinistro vs. ippocampo destro) come fattore ripetuto, il volume totale cerebrale come covariata ha mostrato che i soggetti con DPTS hanno il volume ippocampale più piccolo rispetto ai controlli (F=12.53, d.f=1,15, p=.003). La media del punteggio della CAPS nei soggetti con DPTS era 55.78 ± 21.74. Fase 2 - Il trattamento con EMDR è associate ad un incremento del volume ippocampale sia a destra (5.9 %) (t=-3.34, df=8, p=.010) sia a sinistra (6.1 %) (t=-3.27, df=8, p=.011). I risultati indicano anche che il trattamento con EMDR produce un significativo decremento del punteggio totale della CAPS (da 55.78±21.74 a 19.33±15.49; t=4.78, df=8, p=.001 Conclusioni: La prima parte dello studio conferma i dati che mostrano che i soggetti con DPTS hanno un ippocampo più piccolo dei controlli sani La seconda parte suggerisce che il trattamento con EMDR può essere associato ad un miglioramento sintomatologico e ad un incremento del volume degli ippocampi. Questi risultati suggeriscono l’opportunità di continuare ad indagare gli effetti biologici delle psicoterapie.

Many studies of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) showed that in patients with Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is a smaller hippocampal volume compared with healthy controls. At the same time other studies have shown that psychiatric drugs block the effects of stress and promote hippocampus neurogenesis in the hippocampus. However, the only study that investigated the effects of a type of psychotherapy showed no significant volume changes (1). Objective: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of treatment with EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) on hippocampal volume and clinical symptoms of a group of patients with PTSD. Methods: We compared the hippocampi of nine patients with chronic PTSD and never subjected to any kind of treatment (pharmacological and / or psychotherapy) in 9 healthy subjects matched for sex, age and education. The diagnosis and severity of PTSD was measured by the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) (Phase 1). Then all subjects with PTSD were subjected to 12 weekly sessions of EMDR lasting 90 minutes each and again subjected to clinical evaluation and MRI (Phase 2). Results: Step 1 - E 'was chosen p less than .05 to indicate statistical significance. The analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) with hemisphere (left vs. hippocampus. Right hippocampus) as repeated factor, the total brain volume as covariate showed that individuals with PTSD have smaller hippocampal volume than controls (F = 12:53 , df = 1.15, p =. 003). The average score of the CAPS in subjects with PTSD was 55.78 ± 21.74. Step 2 - Treatment with EMDR is associated with an increase in both right hippocampal volume (5.9%) (t =- 3:34, df = 8, p =. 010) and left (6.1%) (t =- 3.27, df = 8, p =. 011). The results also indicate that treatment with EMDR produces a significant decrease in the CAPS total score (from 21.74 to 55.78 ± 19:33 15:49 ± t = 4.78, df = 8, p =. 001 Conclusion: The first part of the study confirms the data showing that individuals with PTSD have a smaller hippocampus of healthy controls The second part suggests that treatment with EMDR may be associated with symptomatic improvement and an increase in the volume of the hippocampus. These results suggest the desirability of continuing to investigate the biological effects of psychotherapy.

Keywords: Hippocampal Volume  Plenary  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Robinson, N. S. (2012, June). Legacy informed EMDR: Promote positive and desensitize negative core beliefs stemming from transgenerational and cultural sources [Legado informado EMDR: Promover positivo y desensibilizar a las creencias negativas que se derivan de las fuentes principales transgeneracionales y cultural]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ancestral, familial and cultural factors often become embedded and can lay the foundation of core negative beliefs and symptomatology. Legacy informed EMDR introduces the idea that EMDR can be utilized to reconsolidate transgenerational roots of symptomatology. The workshop outlines how to use EMDR to: 1) promote a positive core belief by accessing legacy-based resources 2) desensitize legacy-based maladaptive beliefs, traumatic events and emotional baggage 3)help clients develop an affirming coherent life narrative. This integrative approach is informed by a wide range of recent, notable researchers in the fields of neurobiology, attachment, and family systems (Siegel,1999, 2010; Main,1990; Boszormenyi-Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990). The workshop addresses how to incorporate legacy informed work into the standard 8-phase, 3-pronged protocol. Phase 1 includes an extended genogram. A core positive cognition is elicited and a VOC is taken as part of goal setting. Legacy based resources are developed for preparation and RDI. The standard protocol is used to desensitize traumatic targets. Access to ancestral, familial and cultural beliefs and information is gained with an EMDR time-line similar to that used in Maureen Kitchur’s Strategic Developmental Model (Kitchur, 2005). Clinicians can complete a course of EMDR therapy by reconsolidating threads from the distant past, remembered past, current being and future vision. Material often emerges and is reprocessed relating to race, gender, disabilities, sexual orientation and socio-economic dynamics as well as trauma and oppression. This legacy workshop is practice oriented and is anecdotally based on the presenter’s clinical work.

Factores ancestrales, familiares y culturales en muchas ocasiones se ensamblan y pueden llevar a la formación de creencias irracionales y sintomatología. El Legado informado EMDR introduce la idea de que el EMDR puede ser utilizado para reconsolidar las raíces transgeneracionales de la sintomatología. El taller revisa como usar el EDMR para: (1) Promover las creencias positivas accediendo a los recursos basados en el legado (2) Desensibiliza mediante el legado las creencias desadaptativas, eventos traumáticos y bagaje emocional. (3) Mantener el desarrollo de los clientes y afirmar la coherencia narrativa de la vida. Este enfoque integrativo esta creado a partir de un amplio espectro de recientes e importantes investigaciones en los campos de la neurobiología, apego y sistemas familiares(Siegel,1999, 2010; Main,1990; Boszormenyi-­‐Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990). Este taller muestra como incorporar el legado informado al trabajo de las 8 fases, con el protocolo de 3 flancos. La fase uno incluye un árbol genealógico. Una cognición positiva es elicitada y el VOC es cogido como parte de una meta. Los recursos basados en el legado son desarrollados para la preparación y el RDI. El protocolo estándar es usado para desensibilizar los recuerdos diana. Acceder a los recuerdos ancestrales, familiares y culturales y la información proporcionada por el EMDR a tiempo real es similar en la usada por el modelo de desarrollo estratégico de Maureen Kitchur(Kitchur, 2005). Los clínicos pueden completar el curso de EMDR reconsolidando estos enunciados del pasado distante, pasado recordado, presente y visión futura. A menudo el material surge y es reprocesado en función a la raza, genero, discapacidad, orientación sexual y dinámicas socioeconómicas como el trauma y la opresión. Este taller de legado es una práctica orientada y esta basada de manera anecdótica en el trabajo clínico del ponente.

Keywords: Core Beliefs  Cultural  Transgenerational  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. Haour, F., & Servan-Schreiber, D. (2009). Les bases neuroscientifiques de l’EMDR [Neuroscientific bases of EMDR]. In J. Cottraux (Ed.), TCC et Neurosciences (pp.187-202). Issy-les-Moulineaux: Elsevier Masson.

Language: French

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
France Haour et David Servan-Schreiber présentent avec clarté la désensibilisation par les mouvements oculaires et le retraitement de l’information (EMDR), ainsi que les études qui ont été effectuées par des méthodes neuroscientifiques pour tester ces processus. Plusieurs points restent néanmoins en suspens. Effectivement, l’EMDR est d’efficacité démontrée dans le stress post-traumatique, et les traumatismes plus légers, mais il n’y a pas de données dures pour le valider dans d’autres indications. De plus, son processus, comme il est souligné dans le chapitre, demeure controversé. Il ne faudrait pas oublier qu’un EMDR sans mouvements oculaires aboutit à de résultats identiques à ceux d’un EMDR avec mouvements oculaires, dans la méta-analyse de Davidson et Parker (2001), qui inclut 13 études comparant ces deux conditions. Cinq méta-analyses ne retrouvent pas de différence d’efficacité entre TCC et EMDR. Ces faits expérimentaux ont amené aussi bien l’Association psychiatrique américaine (2004) que le rapport INSERM (2004) à classer l’EMDR dans les TCC, dont il représente une variante technique, sans véritable discontinuité. Par ailleurs, l’analogie souvent faite entre EMDR et la phase REM (phase paradoxale du sommeil correspondant au rêve et à des mouvements oculaires rapides) n’est qu’une hypothèse et ne repose pas à ce jour sur des données scientifiques. Enfin, toutes les thérapies d’exposition utilisent des distracteurs (relaxation, images mentales de sécurité, pensées positives) pour faciliter l’accès aux émotions liées au traumatisme. L’hypnose, qui a montré son efficacité dans le stress post-traumatique lors d’une seule étude contrôlée (Brom, 1989), elle aussi, se sert de mouvements oculaires, pour capter l’attention. Ainsi faisait son ancêtre, Franz Anton Mesmer, comme le montre le rapport établi en 1784 par la commission royale sur le magnétisme animal (Darnton, 1995). Quoi qu’il en soit, l’EMDR propose un protocole utile, robuste et aisé à enseigner et à appliquer.

France Haour and David Servan-Schreiber present with clarity desensitization Eye Movement and reprocessing of information (EMDR) and studies that have been conducted by neuroscientists methods to test these processes. Several points are still open. Indeed, EMDR is proven efficacy in post-traumatic stress, and lighter injuries, but there is no hard data to validate in other indications. In addition, its process, as outlined in the chapter remains controversial. We should not forget that EMDR without eye movements leads to results identical to those of EMDR with eye movements in the meta-analysis of Davidson and Parker (2001), which includes 13 studies comparing these two conditions. Five meta-analyzes found no difference in efficacy between CBT and EMDR. These experimental facts led both the American Psychiatric Association (2004) report that the INSERM (2004) to classify EMDR in CBT, which is a variant technique, no real discontinuity. Moreover, the analogy often made between EMDR and REM sleep (REM sleep corresponding dreams and rapid eye movement) is only a hypothesis and not based so far on scientific data. Finally, all therapies exposure using distractors (relaxation, mental imagery security positive thoughts) to facilitate access to the emotions related to the trauma. Hypnosis, which has shown its effectiveness in post-traumatic stress in one controlled study (Brom, 1989), it also uses movements eye for attention. So was his ancestor, Franz Anton Mesmer, as shown in the report prepared in 1784 by the Royal Commission on Animal Magnetism (Darnton, 1995). Anyway, EMDR offers a useful protocol, robust and easy to teach and apply.

Keywords: Neuroscience  Neuroscientific Bases  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Paulsen, S. L. (2010, February). Looking through the eyes: EMDR & ego state therapy across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the 3rd World Congress of Ego State Therapy, Sun City, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop teaches the ego state methods to do this, and this second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods. [The second workshop ”Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State and Somatic Therapies Acrosss the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed.] This first workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Participants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6.For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Continuum  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes: EMDR, Ego state & somatic therapies across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the Bainbridge Institute for Integrative Psychology, Bainbridge Island, Washington .

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop ["Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State Therapy Across the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry] teaches the ego state methods to do stabilization and containment. This second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed. This workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Partipants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6. For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Continuum  Ego State Therapy  Somatic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Gauvreau, P. (2013, Mai). L’utilisation de la table dissociative dans la Phase 2 préparation [The use of the dissociative table in preparation for Phase 2]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract: n
Lorsque nous travaillons avec des clients souffrant de TSPT Complexe, il est souvent fort utile des les aider à accéder et identifier les différents états du moi, ces parties émotionnelles qui portent les réseaux de mémoires contenant les souvenirs traumatiques/matériel dysfonctionnel. Cet atelier vise à présenter la Table dissociative de Fraser comme outil de travail. Ce “lieu de rencontre interne” devient un endroit sécuritaire où les états du moi/ parties émotionnelles peuvent communiquer entre elles, facilitant la stabilisation, le renforcement de l’égo et la préparation au travail de retraitement EMDR. Cette présentation se fera par le biais de matériel didactique et de démonstrations video. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Introduction aux principes généraux de la dissociation structurelle dans les cas de traumas complexes • Apprendre un scripte afin de mettre en pratique la table dissociative • Apprendre à mettre en place des stratégies de préparation et stabilisation via la table dissociative

When we work with clients with complex PTSD, it is often useful to help access and identify the different ego states, those parts that carry the emotional memory arrays containing traumatic memories / equipment dysfunctional. This workshop aims to present the dissociative Table Fraser as a working tool. This "internal meeting place" becomes a safe place for ego states / emotional parts can communicate with each other, facilitating stabilization, strengthening the ego and the job readiness EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will be through educational materials and video demonstrations. Learning Objectives: • Introduction to general principles of structural dissociation in the case of complex trauma • Learn a script to put into practice the dissociative table • Learn to develop preparedness strategies and stabilization via the dissociative table

Keywords: Dissociation Table  Structural Dissociatio  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.

EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Adler-Tapia, R. (2004, August). Mapping targets for EMDR processing. Author.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
The author outlines the twenty four steps in the Preparation Phase of EMDR processing during a EMDR session with a child.

Keywords: Children  Target  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. Litt, B.K. (2008, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state therapy in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ego state conflict can frequently dominate relational patterns even in clients without a trauma history. Relational partners often have poor boundaries and share a mutual dependency characterized by blame and projection. This workshop will explore family dynamics that contribute to ego fragmentation and manifestations of interlocking ego state conflict in couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, be able to describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict, and learn how to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Egli-Bernd, H. (2009, October). MDR bei dissoziativen prozessen im rahmen von persönlichkeitsstörungen ; Zur Bedeutung der kognitionen im EMDR-prozess, Das „Dialog-Protokoll“ [EMDR in dissociative processes within the framework of Personality Disorders; On the importance of cognitions in EMDR process, The "dialogue protocol"] . EMDR Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 19, 20-34.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Spezifische Schwierigkeiten bei einer Gruppe von KlientInnen mit Persönlichkeitsstörungen bei der Wahl adäquater Kognitionen erfordern eine theoretische Auseinandersetzung mit der psychodynamischen Bedeutung der Kognitionen im EMDR-Protokoll. Die biographische Gemeinsamkeit dieser Patientengruppe ist der emotional-narzisstische Missbrauch in der Kindheit sowie Vernachlässigung durch primäre Bindungs- und Beziehungspersonen. Diese Lebenserfahrungen haben zur Folge, dass durch eine subtile Dissoziation (kindliche) Selbstteile entstehen, die emotional und kognitiv auf dasjenige Selbstbild fixiert sind, welches von den Bindungs- und Beziehungspartnern definiert und vom Kind verinnerlicht wurde. Das Ziel der Bearbeitung mit der EMDR-Methode ist in diesen Fällen nicht primär das anvisierte Ereignis, sondern dessen komplexe emotionale und kognitive Bedeutung für die Selbstwahrnehmung und -bewertung. Im vorliegenden Artikel wird vorgeschlagen, bei der EMDR-Bearbeitung dieser spezifischen Foki während der Bewertungsphase 3 sich der subtilen dissoziativen Struktur bewusst zu sein und sich ihrer, falls nötig, explizit zu bedienen. Dies geschieht durch die Fokussierung auf die gleichzeitige „Aktivierung“ zweier neuronaler Netzwerke (Selbstteile,) nämlich des „betroffenen (kindlichen) Selbst“ (Traumanetzwerk) und des erwachsenen „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ (Alltagsnetzwerk). Die Formulierung des schlimmsten Momentes (Bild), der Negativen Kognition sowie Affekt und Körperlokalisierung obliegen dem „betroffenen Selbst“, welches das zu bearbeitende verzerrte Selbstbild verinnerlicht hat. Die Positive Kognition hingegen soll vom „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ als eine dialogische, alternative Sichtweise aus der Gegenwartsperspektive formuliert und in den EMDR Prozess als direkte Anrede in der 2.Person Einzahl eingebracht werde n („du bist…“ etc.)

Specific difficulties in a group of clients with personality disorders in the choice of adequate cognition require a theoretical discussion of the psychodynamic significance of cognitions in EMDR protocol. The biography of this common group of patients is the emotional and narcissistic childhood abuse and neglect through primary attachment and relationship people. These life experiences have the effect that, due to a subtle dissociation (childish) Auto Parts, which are fixed to that of emotional and cognitive self-image, which was defined by the attachment and relationship partners and internalized by the child. The goal of treatment with the EMDR method in these cases is not primarily the targeted event, but the complex emotional and cognitive meaning for the self-perception and assessment. In this article it is proposed to be in the EMDR treatment of these specific foci during the evaluation phase 3 is aware of the subtle dissociative structure of her, if necessary, to use explicitly. This is done by focusing on the simultaneous "activation" of two neural networks (auto parts,) namely, the "concerned (children's) self" (Trauma Network) and the adult "present-self '(everyday network). The wording of the worst moment (picture), the negative cognition and affect and body localization is responsible for the "self-interested", which has internalized the distorted self-image to be processed. The positive cognition on the other hand will be the "present-self," formulated as a dialogical, alternative view from the present perspective, and placed in the EMDR process as a direct address to the 2nd person singular ("you are ..." etc.).

Keywords: Cognitions  Dialogue Protcol  Dissociation  Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. EMDR Sweden. (2008, Juni). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 10(1), 1-12.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
2) Nyheter!; 3) Hälsning från ordförande; 3) Psykoterapimässan 2008; 4) Referat från studiedagen 25 april 2008; 4) Om dissociation och annat skumt; 6) Fas åtta: Uppföljning/utvärdering; 8) Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter juni 2008; 9) Kalendarium; 10) Förnyelse av certifiering – blankett; 11) Diverse blänkare

2) News!; 3) Greetings from President; 3) Psychotherapy fair 2008; 4) Summary of Report from Study April 25, 2008; 4) On dissociation and other things; 6) Phase Eight: Followup / Evaluation; 8) Certified EMDR therapists-June 2008; 9) Calendar; 10) Certification renewal forms; 11) Miscellaneous notices.

Keywords: Dissociation  Phase Eight  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Mosquera, D. (2012, March). Met behulp van EMDR bij de behandeling van borderline-stoornis bersonality [Using EMDR in the management of borderline personality disorder]. Preconference presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Onveilige en ongeorganiseerd bijlagen en het begin van relationele verwaarlozing en trauma diepgaand effect op het ontwikkelingstraject van de toekomstige volwassen en verhogen het risico op het ontwikkelen Borderline persoonlijkheidsstoornis (BPD). Mensen met een borderline-stoornis en een geschiedenis complex trauma hebben veel problemen met zelfregulering en met betrekking tot anderen. Het beheer van deze zelfregulering en relationele problemen zijn centrale aspecten in de behandeling van BPS. De stabilisatiefase is opgemerkt als essentieel oor trauma werk. Bij de behandeling van de borderline-stoornis en complexe trauma betekent dit vele bijzonderheden die we moeten in gedachten houden, waaronder: de rol van gehechtheid-gerelateerde gemoedstoestanden en fobieën voor de bevestiging, beïnvloeden en traumatische herinneringen. Werken met gevallen van BPS en complex trauma is intrinsiek relationeel en vaak gepaard gaat met de noodzaak om momenten van intense beïnvloeden en invloed hebben op fobieën beheren in de overdracht en tegenoverdracht. Inzicht in deze aspecten en met strategieën voor het aanpakken van hen is van essentieel belang zowel voor als tijdens EMDR opwerking van traumatische herinneringen om ervoor te zorgen dat de verwerking van traumatische herinneringen veilig en effectief kan worden gedaan met deze patiënten. Deze workshop integreert theoretische uiteenzetting met de presentatie van video's gevallen. De algemene structuur van EMDR therapie bij de behandeling van BPD, interventies in de voorbereidings-en overwegingen voor trauma-gerichte EMDR werk zal worden gedemonstreerd en uitgelegd.

Insecure and disorganized attachments and early relational neglect and trauma profoundly affect the developmental trajectory of the future adult and increase the risk of developing Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). People with BPD and a history complex trauma have many difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these self-regulation and relational difficulties are central aspects in the treatment of BPD. The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work. In treating BPD and complex trauma this implies many particularities that we should keep in mind including: the role of attachment-related states of mind and phobias for attachment, affect and traumatic memories. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational and often involves the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding these aspects and having strategies for addressing them is essential both before and during EMDR reprocessing of traumatic memories to ensure that reprocessing of traumatic memories can be done safely and effectively with these patients. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.

Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. Paterson, M. (2008, June). Moderating malevolent alters with ego state therapy in the preparation phase of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma often results in the formation of ego states, also known as alters or parts. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. It is necessary for clients to remain safe during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from EMDR. This presentation provides an overview of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. It demonstrates how to access ego states in a controlled way and goes on to show a video of a live case where EST is used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by a difficult ego state. In this case example, the client went on to experience the standard 8 Phases of EMDR.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Gersons, B., Schnyder, U., Rothbaum, B., & McFarlane, A. (2006, November). The need for new directions in psychotherapy for PTSD. Panel presentation at the 22nd annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies Fall Conference, Hollywood, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The trauma field can be proud of having evidence-based effective psychotherapy protocols for PTSD. Especially CBT and EMDR have been recognized as first choice treatments (NICE Guidelines 2005). However, having these protocols available new questions that need to be answered are emerging. There is no large scale evidence yet on phase 4 implementation showing its effectiveness. Too many patients drop out of treatment. Many patients suffer from comorbid conditions. The question on how research outcomes on the biology of PTSD should be translated into different psychotherapeutic approaches is a rather new one. Especially, is habituation still the correct fundament of exposure in PTSD, or should it be replaced by the concept of extinction? A third question is the mixed feeling in many societies about the concept of PTSD and it´s consequences in the need for treatment. Especially after disasters, but also after domestic violence, treatment can be seen as the avoidance of society to punish the responsible ones or to ask for material compensation. These questions will lead to find new directions for the psychotherapy protocols, for the combination with biological routes of intervention and for the societal acceptance of treatment for PTSD.

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Panel  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated, misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. Herbert, C. (2005, June). Neither good nor bad, just perfect as you are!  Facilitating emergence of the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with traumatic childhood experiences and subsequent diagnoses of Personality Disorder, hold self-identities that may have had adaptive, survival enhancing functions during their upbringing, but may now be hindering and even damaging. As babies their needs for secure attachment and nurturing may have been compromised and as children they may not have experienced unconditional love and acceptance of themselves. As adults, they may carry internalized self-images about either being intrinsically 'bad' or having to be especially 'good' in order to be accepted, valued and loved by others. Subsequently, their Behaviour and their relationships with others are determined by a distorted view of themselves, often causing them to lead lives that involve great compromise and further suffering. They may struggle with their capacity to regulate affect (Siegel, 1999: Shore, 1994, 1996). experiencing little self-control over their various fluctuating mood states. The aim of this workshop is to introduce clinical techniques, involving the interweave between EMDR and Schema-focused, cognitive approaches, which help clients build a more secure and 6nctionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. Based on current research, clinical practice and Herbert's (2002, 2003) therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma, this workshop will focus especially on two therapeutic ingredients for this work. One is the quality of the therapeutic relationship as a necessary transitory phase for healthy dependency in the client and the second is 'inner child' work as a method to help clients modify and re-script their distorted images of self and repair ruptures in their attachment relationships.

Keywords: Emergence of Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Pagani, M., DiLorenzo, G., Verardo, A. R., Nicolais, G., Monaco, L., Lauretti, G., Russo, R., Niolu, C., Ammaniti, M. Fernandex, I., & Siracusano, A. (2012). Neurobiological correlates of EMDR monitoring - an EEG study. PLoS ONE, 7(9), 1-12. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0045753.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a recognized first-line treatment for psychological trauma. However its neurobiological bases have yet to be fully disclosed. Methods: Electroencephalography (EEG) was used to fully monitor neuronal activation throughout EMDR sessions including the autobiographical script. Ten patients with major psychological trauma were investigated during their first EMDR session (T0) and during the last one performed after processing the index trauma (T1). Neuropsychological tests were administered at the same time. Comparisons were performed between EEGs of patients at T0 and T1 and between EEGs of patients and 10 controls who underwent the same EMDR procedure at T0. Connectivity analyses were carried out by lagged phase synchronization. RESULTS: During bilateral ocular stimulation (BS) of EMDR sessions EEG showed a significantly higher activity on the orbito-frontal, prefrontal and anterior cingulate cortex in patients at T0 shifting towards left temporo-occipital regions at T1. A similar trend was found for autobiographical script with a higher firing in fronto-temporal limbic regions at T0 moving to right temporo-occipital cortex at T1. The comparisons between patients and controls confirmed the maximal activation in the limbic cortex of patients occurring before trauma processing. Connectivity analysis showed decreased pair-wise interactions between prefrontal and cingulate cortex during BS in patients as compared to controls and between fusiform gyrus and visual cortex during script listening in patients at T1 as compared to T0. These changes correlated significantly with those occurring in neuropsychological tests. Conclusion: The ground-breaking methodology enabled our study to image for the first time the specific activations associated with the therapeutic actions typical of EMDR protocol. The findings suggest that traumatic events are processed at cognitive level following successful EMDR therapy, thus supporting the evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during BS associated with a significant relief from negative emotional experiences.

Keywords: EEG Study  Neurobiological Correlates  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Litt, B. (2009, August). Node isolation theory: The eye-zone differential technique. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD, dissociation, and attachment issues are easily hyper – or hypo-aroused and may dissociate or abreact. Moreover, many clients report complex or “undifferentiated” responses to targets, including multiple affects and negative cognitions, confusion, or ego-state conflict in which processing loops, is blocked, or is inefficient. Possibly, multiple nodes are being activated in the setup phase simultaneously. The proposed remedy is to isolate the node at the epicenter of the target trauma for a more focused desensitization experience. A series of “Node Isolation Strategies” are described that lead to safe, efficient processing of difficult material, while maintaining inter-session stability.

Keywords: Eye-Zone Differential Technique  Node Isolation Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Grenough, M. (2012, October). OASIS in the overwhelm: Affect management/stabilization with diverse cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This highly participatory workshop will teach four 60-second strategies that can be learned quickly by clinicians and used immediately with clients. The presenter has used these strategies over ten years at an urban Hispanic Clinic, and with children and adults of diverse cultural, economic, educational, and national backgrounds. Because the strategies focus on active physical involvement, they quickly help clients to identify and manage personal sensations and emotions (Phase 2-Preparation), pave the way for clearer gut understanding of (Phase 3) negative and positive cognition’s as well as “Where do you feel it in your body?” and (Phase 6) Body Scan.

Keywords: Affect Management  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Shillington, P. (2001, October 4). On post-traumatic stress. Miami, FL: The Miami Herald, Final, Living, 3E.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The treatment I use is EMDR, a technique developed by California psychologist Francine Shapiro that has shown to be successful treating post-traumatic stress. The technique is designed to process traumatic memory by mimicking the way people generally process thoughts into memory, during the Rapid Eye Movement (REM) phase of sleep. You can put patients into rapid-eye movement in several ways, including having them move their eyes back and forth as if following the ball in a tennis match, or tapping their hands. They concentrate on the troubling images in their mind or repeat `I feel horror,' for example, and the brain can then begin to process it. I work with children with nightmares or fears and they usually go away fast. Even if you don't understand it, EMDR can still work.

Keywords: General  Miami  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Kahn, D. (2008, November). PAA: Positive affect activation, addition to/modification of phase 6 of the standard EMDR protocol. Israel EMDR. Retrieved from http://www.emdr.org.il/dls/eyes2body.swf on 8/12/2010.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
It is suggested that when we receive a clean body scan, before we continue on to closure, we elicit positive affect and body activation that may currently be associated with the target and install with BLS. Following this we would return to the standard protocol with closure. The rationale for this is presented along with the introduction of an additional scale of SUPAs – Subjective Units of Positive Activation.

Keywords: PAA  Positive Affect Activation  Shock Wave Flash  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. Nickeson, C. (2002, June). Panic disorder and physiology phobia:  EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Panic disorder can be viewed as a phobic fear of the body's physical sensations. It results from conditioning by the traumatic experience of having panic attacks. Conceptualizing panic disorder in this way provides a powerful way to structure treatment with EMDR since EMDR is clearly effective with trauma resolution. This workshop will describe how the preparation phase is especially important and, must be expanded in order for reprocessing to be successful. Participants will also learn how to select appropriate targets for the desensitization phase, how to identify suitable negative cognitions and positive cognitions, and how to employ cognitive interweave when needed. A videotape illustrating an important part of a client's work will be shown.

Keywords: Panic Disorder  Phobia  Physiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop. The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic. Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development. Learning objectives: One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. Marcus, S. V. (2008). Phase 1 of integrated EMDR: An abortive treatment for migraine headaches. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(1), 15-25. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.1.15.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Forty-three individuals diagnosed with classic or common migraine headache were randomly assigned to either phase 1 of integrated eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) treatment or a standard care medication treatment. Integrated EMDR combines diaphragmatic breathing, cranial compression, and EMDR for abortive migraine treatment. The comparison standard care medication group received various abortive medications, including Demerol, DHE, oral triptans, Excedrin, Fiorinal, Percocet, Toradol, and Vicodin. Participants were treated during mid- to late-stage acute migraine and assessed by an independent evaluator at pretreatment, posttreatment, 24 hours, 48 hours, and 7 days for migraine pain level. Both standard care medication and integrated EMDR treatment groups demonstrated reduced migraine pain levels immediately at posttreatment, 24 hours, 48 hours, and 7 days. However, integrated EMDR treatment reduced or eliminated migraine pain with greater rapidity and showed signifi cantly greater improvement compared to standard care medication immediately posttreatment. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Headache Treatment  Medication  Migraine Headache  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Gerge, A. (2008, April). Phase I Preparations of severely traumatized women for exposure by extended EMDR-protocols in phase II treatment. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation offers a description of an integrative approach of group treatment within phase I treatment leaning on psychodynamic theory, a clear psycho-educative approach that uses methods as hypnosis/relaxation training/mindfulness training, aims for enhanced relational capacity and self-regulation by using hypnotic techniques aiming at enhanced containment capacity (Brown & Fromm, 1986; Kluft, 1993, 1999; Phillips & Fredericks 1995; Chu 1998; Cardeña et al., 2000). The treatment aims at enhanced capacity to mentalize, i.e., using the reflective functions in self-organization (Fonagy, 1997). This is considered to offer the participants an enhanced ”self soothing capacity” (Krystal 1988a,1988b), i. e., the capacity to calm and soothe the self by enhanced self regulation and capacity to rest, by helping the participants to reach experiential states where they can contain their own reactions, as well as offering training in order to tolerate and understand the signals of the body, i. e. the “felt sense” (Gendlin, 1978; Ogden, Minton, & Pain 2006). The trauma therapy within phase II-work by extended EMDRprotocols is exemplified with special focus on the restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care-giving functions. Learning Objectives: 1. To show how an integrative group treatment in phase I treatment can be used in trauma therapy for stabilization with patients with complex PTSD and high levels of dissociation (psychoform and/or somatoform co-morbidity). 2. Exemplify trauma-therapy within phase II work by extended EMDR-protocols addressing the special needs of continuous reinforcement of stabilization for the same population. 3. Focus on restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care giving functions.

Keywords: Trauma  Women  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Potter, A., & Wesselmann, D. (2009, August). Phase-based trauma treatment of adults with problems of trauma and attachment: DBT and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as other complex psychiatric issues, have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation and attachments. Phase-based trauma treatment (DBT followed by EMDR) assists clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills and developing healthy interpersonal relationships during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation offers rationale and instruction for phase-based treatment with complex client populations. Case and video examples and the results of a small pilot project are utilized to illustrate topics presented.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy    

Accuracy Verified: Yes

253. Potter, A. E. (2005, September). Phase-based trauma treatment:  EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/ addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or severe mental illness often have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This presentation will explain the concepts of emotion regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients' difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with their ability to process traumatic memories with a minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation will offer rationale for phase-based treatment with certain client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be integrated into the second level of phase-based trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of exposure therapy for trauma processing. Additionally, this presentation will establish how skills learned in the initial phase of trauma treatment can be employed during EMDR positive resource development and as cognitive interweaves during EMDR trauma processing. Case and videotape examples will be utilized throughout the presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Stair  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. Potter, A. E. (2006, September). Phase-based trauma treatment:  EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/ addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or severe mental illness often have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This presentation will explain the concepts of emotion regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients' difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with their ability to process traumatic memories with a minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation will offer rationale for phase-based treatment with certain client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be integrated into the second level of phase-based trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of exposure therapy for trauma processing. Additionally, this presentation will establish how skills learned in the initial phase of trauma treatment can be employed during EMDR positive resource development and as cognitive interweaves during EMDR trauma processing. Case and videotape examples will be utilized throughout the presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Stair  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. Kim, D., Choi, J., Kim, S. H., Oh, D. H., Park, S.C., Lee, S. H. (2010, May). A pilot study of brief eye movement desensitization and reprossessing (EMDR) for treatment of acute phase schizophrenia. Korean Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 17(2), 94-102.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objectives: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing(EMDR) is a novel, time-limited psychotherapy originally developed for treatment of psychological trauma. The effectiveness of this therapy has been validated only for posttraumatic stress disorder; however, EMDR is often applied to other psychiatric illnesses, including other anxiety disorders and depression. This pilot study tested the efficacy of EMDR added to the routine treatment for individuals with acute stage schizophrenia. Methods: This study was conducted in the acute psychiatric care unit of a university-affiliated training hospital. Inpatients diagnosed with schizophrenia were randomly assigned to either three sessions of EMDR, three sessions of progressive muscle relaxation(PMR) therapy, or only treatment as usual(TAU). All the participants received concurrent typical treatments(TAU), including psychotropic medication, individual supportive psychotherapy and group activities in the psychiatric ward. The Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale(PANSS), the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale and the Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale were administered by a clinical psychologist who was blinded to the patients' group assignment. Results: Forty-five patients enrolled and forty patients(89%) completed the post-treatment evaluation. There were no between-group differences in the withdrawal rates of patients during the treatment or at the three-month follow-up session. All three groups improved significantly across each of the symptomatic domains including schizophrenia, anxiety, and depressive symptoms. However, a repeated measures ANOVA revealed no significant differences among the groups over time. Effect size for change in total PANSS scores was also similar across treatment conditions, but effect size for negative symptoms was large for EMDR(0.60 for EMDR, 0.39 for PMR and 0.21 for TAU only). Conclusion: These findings supported the use of EMDR in treating the acute stage of schizophrenia but the results failed to confirm the effectiveness of the treatment over the two control conditions in three sessions. Further studies with longer courses of treatment, more focused target dimensions of treatment, and a sample of outpatients are necessary.

Keywords: Schizophrenia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. Zimmermann, E. (2010, June). The potential of EMDR in gynaecology and obstetrics: Special application with infertile women. In Female issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The author of this presentation works as psychologist and psychotherapist in a clinic in Fribourg/Switzerland in the department of gynecology and obstetrics. Various applications of EMDR are used, both in gynecologic and obstetrical outcomes. A special patient population, namely infertile women in search of becoming pregnant, are an important part of the work. The purpose of this presentation is to show the special approach that E. Zimmermann has developed by working with infertile women. Infertile women - in opposition to sterile women - are women with no apparent medical reason why they do not become pregnant. These infertile women often pass a particularly long and difficult phase to get pregnant. They are always disappointed by the repeated negative outcome of all their efforts to become pregnant. This is a very difficult phase in the life of the couple too, and not few couples separate during this phase. Especially women feel unable being a mother and their self-esteem is very low. This is why the author has developed a special application of EMDR to this population. The aim is to cope with the difficulties related to these different stages. Another purpose is preparing a desired and possible pregnancy. Women mostly have very different anamnesis, some also including trauma. They have in particular a personal pregnancy or non-pregnancy history, e.g. also abortion. In addition the medical assistance utilized for getting pregnant is quite different for every case. Lots of them end up by using fertilization techniques, which have a low chance of success. This makes it rather difficult for EMDR to treat these women i a standardized way. The author of this workshop has developed a flow-chart providing an concept of applying EMDR at different stages with different types of targets in order to compare the outcomes. By working with EMDR and infertile women, it appears that they become pregnant quicker than what the statistics predict. There are also women who become pregnant after working with EMDR before they start the fertility-program. This is why the author prepares a research study to try to figure out if the EMDR-process can have a positive impact on fertility.

Keywords: Female Issues  Gynecology  Infertility  Obstetrics  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. Cohen-Posey, K. (2009, August). The power of EMDR: Evoking the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has enjoyed a comfortable alliance with Ego-State Therapy. ‘Inner Critics’ or ‘People Pleasers’ may be the repository for such Negative Cognitions (NCs) as, “It’s my fault,” or, “I cannot upset anyone.” But who is the author of Positive Cognitions (PCs)? Are they constructed in the assessment phase of treatment, or do PCs emerge spontaneously with Dual Attention Stimuli from the Self: our unfettered awareness and contemplation? This workshop reveals EMDR as a catalyst for dialogues between the Self and NCs. Extraordinary imagery tools that enhance work with children and adults are offered to illuminate the surfacing of the Self.

Keywords: Negative Cognitions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. Cohen-Posey, K. (2011, May). The power of EMDR: Evoking the self. Presentation at the Israel EMDR Association.

Language: Hebrew

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Who is the author of PCs? Are they constructed during the assessment phase of treatment or do empowering, calming thoughts emerge during processing? Can we think of these compassionate, confident thoughts as the Self that has been described historically by Carl Jung and currently by Eckart Tolle? This workshop will offer surprising answers to these questions and suggest a new perspective on what really happens during EMDR processing. The Standard Protocol is not changed, but re-examined and extended with exciting treatment tools. Psychodrama, presenter/participant dialogues, role plays, small group discussion, and practicum experience make this a highly experiential training that is backed by cutting edge neurobiological research and solid theory from leaders in the field.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Spierings, J. (2010, June). Power-interweaves: (Non-)cognitive interweaves for persistent guilt and other tenacious problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, the clinician many times is faced with complex and challenging problems. and staying out of the way during the desensitization phase definitely not enough to get the SUD's down. In this workshop a number of new types of interweaves will be presented, developed to deal with clients who get severely stuck during the desensitization phase, mostly in complex guilt-issues. Many times standard cognitive interweaves are not enough to unblock the EMDR processing, and the clinician has to be creative in order to help clients with these difficult issues. The more damaged the client, the more powerful interweaves are needed. In this presentation new types of high-impact interweaves are introduced, involving non-cognitive aspects, e.g. visual, sensorimotor, symbolic, spiritual. Learning objectives: 1. Participants develop sensitivity to the dynamics underlying complex guilt-related problems. 2. Participants learn about the characteristics of high-impact interventions. 3. Participants learn to use their own creativity in developing new interweaves. 4. Participants add several powerful new interweaves to their of existing repertoire. New in this presentation: These interweaves have not been described or presented before. They are applied within the standard EMDR-protocol, so they are an extension of existing principles and techniques.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Persistent Guilt  Power Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. van der Vleugel, B. (2011, August-September). Practical guidelines for PTSD treatment in psychotic patients. In Treating PTSD in patients with psychotic disorders, Symposium conducted at the 41st EABCT annual congress, Reykjavík, Iceland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objectives: Professionals are very cautious, if not reluctant, to treat trauma-related symptoms in psychotic patients. As is argued by the other speakers there is growing evidence psychotic patients can safely be exposed to PTSD treatment. There are several possible links between trauma and psychosis and an integrative approach to conceptualizing these relationships is needed (Morrisson et al., 2003) Methods: In this presentation practical guidelines are given with respect to gathering information in the assessment phase and presenting this information in an individual case conceptualisation. Choices regarding which experiences to work with and in what way, will be discussed. Treatment processes are illustrated by vignettes and video material. Some difficulties one may encounter when using interventions like EMDR and prolongued exposure with psychotic patients, will be adressed. Results: Attendants will be mindful of an integrative model of trauma and psychosis and will be able to use this to identify the target(s) for intervening. They will be prepared for some diffuclties they may encounter while conducting PTSD treatment. Conclusions: Case formulations aim to explain the development and maintenance of client‘s experienced problems in terms of causal relationships. It is vital that both client and therapist have a shared understanding of the problems that are going to be addressed in therapy and that interventions are guided by this formulation.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Psychotic Disorders  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

261. Korn, D., & Leeds, A. (2002, December). Preliminary evidence of efficacy for EMDR resource development and installation in the stabilization phase of treatment of complex posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1465-1487. doi:10.1002/jclp.10099.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reviews the complexity of adaptation and symptomatology in adult survivors of childhood neglect and abuse who meet criteria for the proposed diagnosis of Complex PTSD, also known as Disorders of Extreme Stress, Not Otherwise Specified (DESNOS). A specific EMDR protocol, Resource Development and Installation (RDI), is proposed as an effective intervention in the initial stabilization phase of treatment with Complex PTSD/DESNOS. Descriptive psychometric and behavioral outcome measures from two single case studies are presented which appear to support the use of RDI. Suggestions are offered for future treatment outcome research with this challenging population. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Child Abuse  Clinical Case Study  Complex Empirical Study  Females  Neglect  Postt traumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Review  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

262. Pagani, M., Di Lorenzo, G., Monaco, L., Niolu, C., Siracusano, A., Verardo, A. R., Lauretti, G., Fernandez, I., Nicolais, G., Cogolo, P., & Ammaniti, M. (2011). Pretreatment, intratreatment, and posttreatment EEG imaging of EMDR: Methodology and preliminary results from a single case. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(2), 42-56. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.2.42.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Electroencephalography (EEG), due to its peculiar time and spatial resolution, was used for the first time to fully monitor neuronal activation during the whole eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) session, including the autobiographical script. The present case report describes the dominant cortical activations (Z-score >1.5) during the first EMDR session and in the last session after the client processed the index trauma. During the first EMDR session, prefrontal limbic cortex was essentially activated during script listening and during lateral eye movements in the desensitization phase of EMDR. In the last EMDR session, the prevalent electrical activity was recorded in temporal, parietal, and occipital cortical regions, with a clear leftward lateralization. These findings suggest a cognitive processing of the traumatic event following successful EMDR therapy and support evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during lateral eye movements in the desensitization phase of EMDR.

Keywords: Bilateral Ocular Stimulation  Cortical Activation  EEG  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

263. Heitzler, M. (2008, June). The processing body: Integrating EMDR & body psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
My paper presents a model for integrating EMDR with Body Psychotherapy principles and techniques. The model will be illustrated by clinical material from my work with a patient who suffers from complex PTSD as a result of a recent traumatic event which evoked her early developmental trauma. My model of integration is based on what both disciplines share in common: understanding the centrality of the body as the carrier of the trauma and its symptoms, as well as its potential for healing and recovery. At the same time, Body psychotherapy and EMDR offer different ways of utilising the body during the processing phase of the work. My paper will explore some of the similarities and differences of the two approaches. This may shed some light on situations where patients show blocks or resistance to EMDR, and offer complementary ways of working with the EMDR protocol. The paper draws on recent neuro-biological research presented by A. Schore, Bessel v. d. Kolk and others, to highlight the changes that take place in brain function during and after the traumatic event. It will also offer insight into the work of some of the leading experts in the field of body psychotherapy and approaches to trauma work (Pat Ogden’s sensori-motor approach, Babette Rothschild’s Somatic Trauma Therapy, Peter Levine’s traumawork with the body). The clinical material is designed to make the theory accessible and illustrate its relevance.

Keywords: Body Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

264. Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Seijo, N. (2010, April). Processing dissociative phobias with EMDR. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The standard EMDR protocol (SP) was designed for the treatment of simple PTSD, and when it´s used on this cases, EMDR is a very powerful therapy. But when SP is applied on complex trauma and dissociative disorders 20% of patients may become de-compensated. The importance of the stabilization phase has been remarked by different authors. The existent proposals are to use interventions coming from different approaches sometimes enhanced with bilateral stimulation. Standard procedures used for simple PTSD must be adapted and modified for working with dissociative disorders. To do this is important to understand from recent research work what we know about the effects of EMDR therapy. We will try to dynamically integrate these features with conceptualizations coming from the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP) and the Theory of the Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP) TSDP emphasizes the importance of working with dissociative phobias prior to trauma work. In the stabilization phase the work on the phobia of dissociative parts and of attachment (and the attachment with the therapist) is the most important one. We will show with clinic cases the effect of this intervention on improving internal communication and collaboration and overcoming therapist-patient relationship problems.
Learning Outcomes For those who are not EMDR therapists this workshop will help to understand how EMDR conceptualizes the work in structural dissociation from the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). For people who are not expertise on Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP) a brief description of dissociative phobias and their importance in the work with dissociative disorders will be put forward. The assistants will watch videos of therapies with different patients, in which EMDR is applied using dissociative phobias as targets. Differences with ego states therapy without introducing bilateral stimulation and with standard EMDR protocol will be observable in the case-examples and will be explained in detail. This work represents a different way of using EMDR to stabilize the patient and prepare her/him for future traumatic memory processing.

Keywords: Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

265. Carvalho, E. (2012, Novembro). Protocolo grupal e integrativo com EMDR [Protocol group and integrative with EMDR]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
O EMDR-IGTP tem sido usada em seu formato original ou com adaptações para atender às circunstâncias em ambientes ao redor do mundo. Relatos de casos de DST e estudos de campo documentada eficácia com crianças e adultos após catástrofes naturais ou provocadas pelo homem e de guerra durante o trauma contínuo. Este protocolo pode ser utilizado efetivamente como adultos com uma intervenção precoce na fase aguda da resposta pós-traumático por redução de sintomas de estresse pós-traumático e auto-relato de sofrimento e poderia ser aplicado com sucesso em uma situação de curso crises geopolíticas e da violência, mantida com os efeitos durante toda a crise.

IGTP-EMDR has been used in its original format or with adaptations to meet the circumstances in environments around the world . Reports of cases of STD and field studies documented effectiveness with children and adults after natural disasters or man during the war and ongoing trauma. This protocol can be used effectively as adults with early intervention in the acute phase response by reducing post-traumatic symptoms of post-traumatic stress and self-reported distress and could be successfully applied in a situation of ongoing geopolitical crises and violence, with the effect maintained throughout the crisis.

Keywords: Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

266. Artigas, L. (2012, June). Protocolo grupal [Group protocol]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The EMDR-IGTP has been used in its original format or with adaptations to meet the circumstances in numerous settings around the world. Case reports and field studies documented its effectiveness with children and adults after natural or man-made disasters and during ongoing war trauma. This protocol can be used effectively with adults as an early intervention in the acute phase of posttraumatic response by reducing symptoms of posttraumatic stress and self-reported distress and it could be applied successfully in a situation of ongoing geopolitical crisis and violence, with the effects maintained throughout the crisis.

El Protocolo Grupal e Integrativo con EMDR ha sido usado en su formato original o con adaptaciones para adecuarlo a las circunstancias en numerosos sitios alrededor del mundo. Reporte de casos y estudios de campo han demostrado su efectividad con niños y adultos sobrevivientes de desastres naturales o provocados por el hombre y durante trauma de guerra continuado. También ha demostrado su efectividad con adultos como intervención temprana en la fase aguda de una respuesta postraumática reduciendo síntomas de estrés postraumático. Ha sido aplicado exitosamente en situación de crisis y violencia geopolítica continuada, con los efectos benéficos manteniéndose a lo largo de la crisis.

Keywords: Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

267. Jarero, I., Roque-López, S., & Gomez, J. (2013). The provision of an EMDR-based multicomponent trauma treatment with child victims of severe interpersonal trauma. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 17-28. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.17.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study evaluated a multicomponent phase-based trauma treatment approach for 34 children who were victims of severe interpersonal trauma (e.g., rape, sexual abuse, physical and emotional violence, neglect, abandonment). the children attended a week-long residential psychological recovery camp, which provided resource building experiences, the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing integrative group treatment protocol (emdr-igtp), and one-on-one emdr intervention for the resolution of traumatic memories. the individual emdr sessions were provided for 26 children who still had some distress about their targeted memory following the emdr-igtp. results showed significant improvement for all the participants on the child's reaction to traumatic events scale (crtes) and the short ptsd rating interview (sprint), with treatment results maintained at follow-up. more research is needed to assess the emdr-igtp and the one-on-one emdr intervention effects as part of a multimodal approach with children who have suffered severe interpersonal trauma.

Keywords: Children  Complex Trauma  Integrative Group Treatment Protocol  Interpersonal Trauma  Multicomponent-Phased Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

268. Kozon, A. (2007, September). Psychoedukacia a EMDR v dynamickej psychoterapii v azylovom dome pre tyrane zeny [Psychoeducation and psychotherapy, EMDR in the dynamic in the asylum house for abused women]. Psychiatria-Bratislava, 14(4), 161-164.

Language: Slovak

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Program azylového domu pre týrané ženy sa zameriava nielen na zabezpečenie ochrany klientky, ktorá opustila prostredie domáceho násilia, ale poskytuje aj konkrétnu sociálnu starostlivosť a emocionálnu podporu. Súčasťou programu je individuálna psychoterapia. Aby sa predišlo omylom a chybám, dynamická psychoterapia má svoje špecifiká vzhľadom na prítomnosť symptomatiky posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy, ktorá v prípravnej psychoterapeutickej fáze je zameraná na stabilizáciu psychických procesov ich odstránením prepracovanými technikami psychickej desenzibilizácie formou EMDR a psychoedukáciou. V ďalšej psychoterapeutickej fáze sa pozornosť upriamuje na rozvoj jadra štruktúry osobnosti – identity metodikou krátkodobej psychoanalyticky orientovanej hlbinnej psychoterapie, aby sa v budúcnosti preventívne predchádzalo stretu obete s násilím.

Asylum Program of the house for abused women in focus in order to protect clients who left the environment of domestic violence, but also provides specific social care and emotional support. The program is individual psychotherapy. To avoid mistakes and errors, dynamic psychotherapy has its own specifics to the presence of symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder, which in the preparatory phase of psychotherapy is to stabilize the mental processes of removing the sophisticated techniques of psychological desensitization through EMDR and psychoedukáciou. In the next phase of psychotherapy it focuses on developing the core structure of personality - the identity-oriented methodology for short-term psychoanalytic psychotherapy prawn to prevent future conflict prevention with victims of violence.

Keywords: Abused Women  Conscious and Unconscious  Half-Way House  Identity  Positive Change in Perception  Personality Development  Psychodynamic Psychotherapy  Sentences of Focus  Strategy Psychotherapeutic Intervention  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

269. Kozoň, A. (2007). Psychoedukácia a EMDR v dynamickej psychoterapii v azylovom dome pre týrané ženy [Psychoeducation and EMDR in dynamic psychotherapy in the asylum house for abused women]. Psychiatria, 14(Part 4), 161-163.

Language: Slovak

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Program azylového domu pre týrané ženy sa zameriava nielen na zabezpečenie ochrany klientky, ktorá opustila prostredie domáceho násilia, ale poskytuje aj konkrétnu sociálnu starostlivosť a emocionálnu podporu. Súčasťou programu je individuálna psychoterapia. Aby sa predišlo omylom a chybám, dynamická psychoterapia má svoje špecifiká vzhľadom na prítomnosť symptomatiky posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy, ktorá v prípravnej psychoterapeutickej fáze je zameraná na stabilizáciu psychických procesov ich odstránením prepracovanými technikami psychickej desenzibilizácie formou EMDR a psychoedukáciou. V ďalšej psychoterapeutickej fáze sa pozornosť upriamuje na rozvoj jadra štruktúry osobnosti – identity metodikou krátkodobej psychoanalyticky orientovanej hlbinnej psychoterapie, aby sa v budúcnosti preventívne predchádzalo stretu obete s násilím. Kľúčové slová: psychodynamická psychoterapia, psychoedukácia, EMDR, azylový dom, týrané ženy, násilie, fókusová veta, vedomie a nevedomie, stratégia psychoterapeutickej intervencie, pozitívna zmena vnímania, identita, rozvoj osobnosti.

Asylum Program of the house for battered women focuses not only protect our clients, who left the environment of domestic violence, but also provides specific social care and emotional support. The program is individual psychotherapy. To avoid mistakes and errors, dynamic psychotherapy has its own specifics to the presence symptomatiky post traumatic stress disorder, which is in the preparatory phase of psychotherapy is to stabilize the mental processes of removing the sophisticated techniques of psychological desensitisation by EMDR and psychoedukáciou. In the next phase of psychotherapy focuses on developing the core structure of personality - the identity-oriented methodology for short-term psychoanalytic psychotherapy for Northern to prevent future conflict prevention victim to violence.

Keywords: Battered Women  Consciousness and the Unconscious  Identity  Personality Development  Positive Change in Perception  Psychodynamic Psychotherapy  Shelter  Strategy of Psychotherapeutic Interventions  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

270. van Loey, N. E. E., & van Son, M. J. M. (2003). Psychopathology and psychological problems in patients with burn scars:  Epidemiology and management. American Journal of Clinical Dermatology, 4(4), 245-272. doi:10.2165/00128071-200304040-00004.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Burn injury is often a devastating event with long-term physical and psychosocial effects. Burn scars after deep dermal injury are cosmetically disfiguring and force the scarred person to deal with an alteration in body appearance. In addition, the traumatic nature of the burn accident and the painful treatment may induce psychopathological responses. Depression and PTSD, which are prevalent in 13-23% and 13-45% of cases, respectively, have been the most common areas of research in burn patients. Risk factors related to depression are pre-burn depression and female gender in combination with facial disfigurement. Risk factors related to PTSD are pre-burn depression, type and severity of baseline symptoms, anxiety related to pain, and visibility of burn injury. Neuropsychological problems are also described, mostly associated with electrical injuries. Social problems include difficulties in sexual life and social interactions. Quality of life initially seems to be lower in burn patients compared with the general population. Problems in the mental area are more troublesome than physical problems. Over a period of many years, quality of life was reported to be rather good. Mediating variables such as low social support, emotion and avoidant coping styles, and personality traits such as neuroticism and low extraversion, negatively affect adjustment after burn injury. Few studies of psychological treatments in burn patients are available. From general trauma literature, it is concluded that cognitive (behavioral) and pharmacological (selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors) interventions have a positive effect on depression. With respect to PTSD, exposure therapy and eye movement reprocessing and desensitization [EMDR] are successful. Psychological debriefing aiming to prevent chronic post-trauma reactions has not, thus far, shown a positive effect in burn patients. Treatment of problems in the social area includes cognitive-behavioral therapy, social skills training, and community interventions. Sexual health promotion and counseling may decrease problems in sexual life. In conclusion, psychopathology and psychological problems are identified in a significant minority of burn patients. Symptoms of mood and anxiety disorders (of which PTSD is one) should be the subject of screening in the post-burn phase and treated if indicated. A profile of the patient at risk, based on pre-injury factors such as pre-morbid psychiatric disorder and personality characteristics, peri-traumatic factors and post-burn factors, is presented. Finally, objective characteristics of disfigurement appear to play a minor role, although other factors, such as proneness to shame, body image problems, and lack of self-esteem, may be of significance. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Burns  Comorbidity  Epidemiology  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Predisposition  PTSD  Survivors  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

271. Omaha, J. (2004). Psychotherapeutic interventions for emotion regulation:  EMDR and bilateral stimulation for affect management. New York:  W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The present work represents a new phase in a profound revolution in psychotherapy, in which affects take their rightful place of equality with cognitions, drives, and behavior among the modalities that must be interpreted by theory and embraced by therapy in understanding both normal and pathological personality development (Cicchetti, Ackerman, & Izard, 1995). The book synthesizes experimental and theoretical advances regarding the primacy of affect in both human psychological health and dysfunction. These advances are translated into practical clinical applications the clinician can immediately utilize. The clinical interventions presented here are solidly grounded in recent experimental advances in understanding the developmental neurobiology of affect (Schore, 1994). These skills and concepts lay the foundation for a new approach to treating psychopathology that begins with the affects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Affect Management  Emotional Control  Emotional States  Mental Health  Personality Development  Personality Disorders  Psychopathology  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

272. Plassmann, R. (2004, Februar). Psychotherapie traumatisierter patienten. Die Arbeit mit bipolarem EMDR [Psychotherapy of traumatized patients. Work with bipolar EMDR]. Vortrag auf der Tagung der Landesärztekammer Stuttgart.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Die Psychoanalyse als Urmutter der Psychotherapie stand schon früh vor der Frage: Konflikt oder Trauma? Sind die Neurosen, die Freud um die Jahrhundertwende in Wien sah, die Folge von krankmachenden Erlebnissen oder von krankmachenden Phantasien? Freud entschied sich nach einigem Hin und Her für Letzteres und ist dafür viel kritisiert worden (Bergmann 1996). Zugleich hat er mit dem psychoanalytischen Persönlichkeits- und Krankheitsmodell die Grundlage gelegt für die gegenwärtige Erforschung der Folgen traumatischer Erfahrung auf das Individuum. Dies findet mit enormer Entwicklungsdynamik derzeit in Klinik und Wissenschaft statt. Wir erleben derzeit einen Paradigmenwechsel in der Psychotherapie. Das traumatherapeutische Modell erweist sich als ein Metamodell für Psychotherapie schlechthin, und beginnt die bekannten Verfahren zu integrieren. So war auch mein persönlicher Weg. Ich bin erst Psychoanalytiker geworden, ich liebe diese Arbeitsweise. Sie ist, wie wir heute sagen würden, ein Expositionsverfahren, welches darauf beruht, krankmachendes Erlebnismaterial in der Übertragung auf den Therapeuten wiederzubeleben und durchzuarbeiten. Wir sehen nun aber, dass die Zahl derjenigen Patienten und Patientinnen immer größer wird, denen der innerpsychische Verarbeitungsapparat für die krankmachenden Erlebniskomplexe weitgehend fehlt. Sie sind zur Exposition noch nicht imstande. Traumatherapeutisch gesprochen benötigen sie eine Stabilisierungsphase, in der sich die Verarbeitungsfähigkeit überhaupt erst entwickeln kann.

Psychoanalysis as a mother of psychotherapy was early faced with the question: Conflict or trauma? Are the neuroses that Freud at the turn in Vienna saw the result of disease-causing or disease-causing experiences Fantasies? Freud decided, after some back and forth for the latter and is been much criticized (Bergmann 1996). He also has the psychoanalytic personality-disease model and the foundation laid for the current research on the effects of traumatic experience on the Individual. This is done with tremendous dynamic of development currently in hospital and Science instead. We are currently experiencing a paradigm shift in the Psychotherapy. The traumatherapeutische model proves to be a meta model for Psychotherapy absolutely, and begins to integrate the known methods. That was my personal way. I first became a psychoanalyst, I love this work. It is, as we would say today, a Exposure method, which is based on experience pathogenic material in revive the transfer to the therapist and work through. We but now see that the number of patients and patients growing is where the inner psychological processing apparatus for the disease-causing Experience complexes are largely missing. You are not able to exposure. spoken Traumatherapeutisch they need a stabilization phase in which the processing ability may develop in the first place.

Keywords: Bipolar Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

273. Koppel, R. H. (2009, May). Rapid eye movement effects on traumatic memories: A test of the working memory hypothesis. The College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy (EMDR) is a psychotherapy that uses rapid eye movements to alleviate traumatic memories. This experiment examined two working memory hypotheses proposed to explain how performing rapid eye movements can affect the vividness, emotionality and completeness of traumatic memories. Participants (N=25) recalled three traumatic memories and rated them on vividness, emotionality and completeness before and after performing rapid eye movements. Participants also completed six working memory tasks to see if a correlation existed between working memory and the effect of rapid eye movements on memory rating variables. Findings illustrate that there was a significant decrease pre-test to post-test in vividness. Additionally, the factor underlying the reading span operation task and the Sternberg item order task significantly correlated with the effect of rapid eye movements for all memory ratings. The results of the current study support the central executive hypothesis explanation more than the visuospatial sketchpad storage hypothesis for EMDR. 3 Rapid Eye Movement Effects on Traumatic Memories: A Test of the Working Memory Hypothesis In 1987, Francis Shapiro discovered that performing horizontal eye saccades while holding a traumatic event in mind helped her alleviate the negative symptoms she experienced from that memory. She developed this intuition into a psychotherapy that is called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This therapy is now a widely-used technique to treat victims of trauma, people suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and people suffering from phobias and other anxiety disorders (Muris & Meckleberger, 1999). Shapiro (2001) describes EMDR as an eight-phase treatment method that includes history taking, client preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure and reevaluation. An important, and distinguishing, component of the EMDR procedure involves the patient performing rapid bilateral eye movements while thinking about their traumatic memory and communicating any negative cognition associated with that memory. The horizontal saccadic eye movements generally involve watching the therapist’s quickly moving finger for 15-20 seconds/set (Shapiro, 2001). Eye saccade sets continue until the patient begins to report that negative aspects of the memory are being alleviated, and that positive self-cognitions have replaced the negative self-cognitions associated with the memory (Shapiro, 2001).

Keywords: Hypotheses  Rapid Eye Movements  REM  Traumatic Memories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

274. O'Shea, K., & Wilensky, M. (2006, June). Re-building the foundations of: Early Age (0-3 Years) repair of trauma and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Three years ago in which a person's life during the trauma itself in the world can feel safe, confident and have a very significant impact on the relations have to feel effective. In the study, participants simple, safe and effective type of standard protocols will have the opportunity to practice. In this protocol, 1) the early years of trauma for the required security işlemleme create his natural in a way that provides a fast and Preparatory Phase. At this stage, the "Safe Place" instead of "Secure Status" a non-stressful way to define and EMDR'la to be able to meet the "feelings to re-adjustment" method exists. After that, trainers, each age (babies, children, adolescents and adults) for the method will show how to use. After the participants to reach 0-3 years of trauma and to repair 2) more secure, fast and efficient to sort the language and, 3) (Review the experience to assign appropriate Responsibility-Release emotional and physical energy to reach a sense of Safety-Repair the experience by Imagining what was needed in order to have future Choices): Experience of the review, the security of his reach, needed something to imagine the experience to repair and 4) "Creative Blending" (not a therapist, counseling by the uncovered). Study, early age may be a symptom of trauma will be descriptions (eg, somatic disorders and personality disorders), and suspected cases of trauma and neglect the benefits of using this methodology will be revealed.

Keywords: Neglect  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

275. Gaarde Madsen, P-E. (2004, June). Re-evaluation of step-three - assessment - in the classical eight-step EMDR model. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of the abstract is to focus on a possible weakness in the classical, 8-step EMDR model. Furthermore, the aim and hope with the abstract is also to produce a re-evaluation of step three – Assessment – in the classical Shapiro model.
The classical 8-step model is assumed known and is described only in headlines. The traditional therapeutic attack here is three-rponged – first past, then present and future. DAS has traditionally been used to desensitize traumatic bound material (in neuronal networks?). Many different protocols have emerged in the last decade. Most of these protocols are trying to adapt to the disorder or illness in focus.
A lot of client s have profited by this classical EMDR way but not all. Many clients do not change their behavior after the traditional EMDR intervention.
This group of clients needs a different therapeutic strategy. It is suggested to start working with targeting present problems, such as unwanted, inappropriate behavior or body sensations and/or to stimulate resources that can stabilize the client. The crucial point is step three is rather what to target with DAS and not as in the traditional model to focus on a picture as the target.
This means that DAS is used not only to desensitize traumatic stuff but also to generate resources – “to go with the positive” – so that later reprocessing can be accomplished. DAS is also used when placing different aspects of the client’s mental reality together, e.g., inappropriate behavior or body sensations versus resources and the goal. Summary: Step three is not only an assessment of what to target but a sophisticated treatment planning, respecting the knowledge of modern affect theory and consequently creating new neuronal networks by DAS, not only dissolving the old traumatic ones.

Keywords: Affect Theory  Assessment  DAS  Neuronal Networks  Phase Three  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

276. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008, May). Recent - traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). EMDR Israel, Telaviv.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Main Features of the R-TEP
Target selection: 1) Episode wide focus = period from the traumatic event to the present 2) Use of "Google Search" (G-Search) metaphor to identify multiple targets within the episode (sensory images/ events/ other experiences) Containment (safety): 1) 8 Phase structure parallel to Standard Protocol 2) Episode Narrative with DAS for grounding 3) Option of using distancing metaphor of TV screen 4) Option of regulation of associations by limiting associations to the image/event/ episode

Keywords: Recent-Traumatic Episode Protocol  R-TEP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

277. Beere, D., Simon, M., & Welch, K. (2000, January-April). Recommendations and illustrations for combining hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of psychological trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 217-231. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404278.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Three experienced therapists, trained in hypnosis and EMDR, distilled some tentative hypotheses about the use of hypnosis in EMDR from fifteen cases, two presented here. When a therapist uses hypnosis with EMDR, it seems that the client is having difficulty or the therapist anticipates that the client will have difficulty managing the experiences processed with EMDR. Hypnosis initiated either during the introduction to EMDR or within a therapy session prior to the initiation of EMDR seems to have served two functions. The first function is to activate inner work that prepares the client to use EMDR successfully, and the second function is to facilitate overtly the processing of the traumatic experience. Clients might have two kinds of difficulties in managing affect or distress: (1) they may have a long-standing, irrational and strongly held belief that interferes with managing affect or distress, and (2) they may never have developed the capacity to tolerate intense affect, distress or pain. Should a therapist use hypnosis during the closing down phase of a session without preparing the client with hypnosis during the introduction to EMDR, the therapist should seriously reconsider the pace and focus of EMDR and the client's resources to manage affect and distress. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  Treatment  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Review  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

278. Parker, A., Buckley, S., & Dagnall, N. (2009, February). Reduced misinformation effects following saccadic bilateral eye movements. Brain and Cognition, 69(1), 89-97. doi:10.1016/j.bandc.2008.05.009.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The effects of saccadic bilateral (horizontal) eye movements on memory for a visual event narrative were investigated. In the study phase, participants were exposed to a set of pictures accompanied by a verbal commentary describing the events depicted in the pictures. Next, the participants were asked either misleading or control questions about the depicted event and were then asked to engage in 30 s of bilateral vs. vertical vs. no eye movements. Finally, recognition memory was tested using the remember–know procedure. It was found that bilateral eye movements increased true memory for the event, increased recollection, and decreased the magnitude of the misinformation effect. The findings are discussed in terms of source monitoring, dual-process theories of memory and the potential neural foundations of such effects.

Keywords: Bilateral Eye Movements  False Memory  Hemispheric Interaction  Misinformation Effects  Source Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

279. Giovannozzi, G. (2012, June). Regulated eye contact activation and installation protocol [Regulación de la activación del contacto ocular y protocolo de instalación]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Porges’ polyvagal theory provides a plausible explanation for the covariation between psychiatric and behavioral disorders and the atypical regulation of the Autonomic Nervous System (ANS). Porges himself associated this phenomenon with the failed maturation of the ventrovagal circuit, as well as with the child’s failure to learn the ability to modulate the so-­‐called “vagal break” which keeps the heart-­‐rate low and inhibits the influence of the SNS, allowing the modulation of the facial and head muscles and, therefore, the social engagement function, often impaired in psychiatric pathologies. From a psychotherapy standpoint, Porges’ finding that the maturation of the ventrovagal circuit and of its associated braking function occurs ontogenetically later than that of other ANS branches (last months of pregnancy and first year of life) and that a good relation with the caregiver is essential for its development is of significant importance. In this dyad – with the cortical-­‐bulbar pathway, sufficiently myelinated at birth, regulating face and head muscles and allowing signals exchange with the caregiver – children learn to confront their internal states and the environment as well as regulate their emotions, regulating an adaptive neuroception with the consequent possibility of a good social involvement. This focus on the first year of life and the caregiver – child dyad, in terms of time and place for the construction of biologically based behaviors common to all human beings, paves the way, as anticipated by Porges himself, for new possible intervention models in psychotherapy directly acting on the missed or impaired steps in this first phase of the psycho-­‐physiological development process, without disregarding its psychobiological quality. Clinical Application Since I believe that the inter-­‐brain perspective is the most efficient not only for the etiological explanation but especially for the restoration of relational impairments occurred during brain-­‐brain interactions, I chose eye contact (EC), because, according to several scholars, it is a privileged communication channel, in particular between mother and child. Several scholars agree that all forms of psychopathology share a failure in emotional regulation, which can be mostly traced back to the failure in the child-­‐ caregiver adaptive tuning and therefore to the impairment of their inter-­‐brain communication. An intervention on the EC shifts the therapy focus on this dysregulation to restore its functions. The EMDR AIP approach relies on the brain adaptive processing ability. EMDR has proved, in appropriate conditions (good therapeutic alliance, client stabilization, compliance with the EMDR protocol), our brain can repair traumatic injuries, i.e., reacquire and use information dysfunctionally stored after a trauma. Successful use of EMDR on target not directly traceable to a traumatic event (e.g., defenses, chronic pain, etc.) allows for the possibility to use this processing tool in increasingly broad fields and refines its resources. Thanks to its three-­‐pronged approach to dysfunctionally stored information in the brain (EMDR works on the cognitive, emotional and somatic level), the inter-­‐brain quality of its scope (the therapeutic alliance is part of the healing process) and for its focus on the present (EMDR works on the present, i.e., on the current and active components of the pathogenetic memory, bypassing all mediations and interpretation), EMDR seemed the most appropriate therapeutic tool to intervene on the EC dysregulation found in several psychiatric pathologies. Conclusion An EMDR protocol for the exploration and modulation of the EC is proposed. This protocol proved particularly useful with depressed or severely dissociative clients. After making clients aware of their difficulty in maintaining the EC, they are retrained to use this contact first on objects, then on animals (excellent mediators of a primitive form of social contact) until they are able to achieve eye contact with the therapist. During this training, clients are encouraged to become aware of their body sensations, emotions and beliefs, and the positive ones are installed with BLS. Memories of relational situations where clients identify an impaired EC are identified and these are targeted with the standard protocol. The focus then shifts to present and future situations. The regulation purpose of this protocol affects the application mode: interventions must never be dysregulating, therapists must proceed slowly. Clients must be rigorously kept within their window of tolerance, must be trained to recognize it and able of staying within its boundaries with respect to the microregulation of the EC.

La teoría polivagal de Porges proporciona una explicación plausible para la covariación entre los trastornos psiquiátricos comportamentales y la regulación atípica del sistema nervioso autónomo (ANS). El propio Porgues asoció este fenómeno con el fallo de maduración del circuito ventrovagal, por tanto el niño falla al aprender una habilidad también llamada “bloqueo vagal”, que mantiene la tasa cardiaca baja e inhibe la influencia del SNS, permitiendo la modulación de los músculos faciales y la cabeza, y por tanto, la función optima del compromiso social, a menudo emparejada con patologías psiquíatricas. Partiendo desde un punto de vista psicoterapéutico, Porges encontró que la maduración del circuito ventrovagal y su asociación con la función de frenado ocurre ontogenéticamente después que otras ramas del sistema nervioso autónomo (Los últimos meses del embarazo y los primeros años de vida) y que una buena relación con el cuidador es esencial para su desarrollo es significativamente importante. En esta línea – con vía córtico-­‐bulbar, lo suficientemente mielinizada en el nacimiento, regulando los músculos de la cara y la cabeza y permitiendo señales de intercambio con el cuidador-­‐ Los niños aprenden a estar cómodos con sus estados internos y con un ambiente que también regula sus emociones, regular una neurorecepción con la consecuente posibilidad de una buena integración social. Centrándonos en el primer año de vida del niño y el cuidador – La pareja de niños, en términos de tiempo y lugar para la construcción biológica fundamentada y basada en todos los seres humanos, allana el camino, como anticipó Porges, para nuevos modelos de intervención en psicoterapia, actuando directamente con el paso perdido o afectado de esta primera fase del proceso de desarrollo psicofisiológico, sin tener en cuenta su calidad psicobiológica. Aplicación Clínica. Desde que creó que la perspectiva del cerebro interior, continúa siendo la más eficiente no solo para desarrollar explicaciones etiológicas, también para la restauración de los desajustes relacionados ocurridos durante las interacciones cerebro-­‐cerebro. Escogí contacto visual (ECE), porque, de acuerdo con numerosos investigadores, es un privilegiado canal de comunicación, particularmente eficaz entre una madre y su hijo. Numerosos profesionales afirman que todas las formas de psicopatología comparten una fallo en la regulación emocional, que solo puede crear un error en el la comunicación interna del cerebro. Esta intervención en el EC modifica la terapia y la centra en la desregulación y la restauración de funciones. El enfoque EMDR SPIA está basado en la habilidad de procesamiento de la información relevante, EMDR ha sido probado en condiciones idóneas (buena alianza terapéutica, estabilización de la queja del cliente disgustado con el EMDR.).

Keywords: Installation Protocol  Regulated Eye Contact Activation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

280. Goldberg, A. (2010, October). Relational affect regulation: An integrative protocol for complex trauma surviviors. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment theory and interpersonal neurobiology demonstrate the importance of the therapeutic relationship as a primary change mechanism. With survivors of childhood relational trauma, betrayal of trust and attachment issues create obstacles to developing a secure therapeutic alliance. Even when the therapeutic relationship feels more secure, these clients often experience separation between sessions as attachment loss. This can feel burdensome to the therapist, who may receive multiple crisis phone calls throughout the week. In this presentation, the relational affect regulation protocol will be explained and case examples will illustrate how it is put into practice. Drawing upon concepts from Stress Inoculation Training (SIT), Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), the protocol helps facilitate dyadic affect regulation and object constancy during the stabilization phase of treatment with complex trauma survivors. The elements of an SIT script will be described and creative adaptations will be proposed. AEDP microprocessing of the client’s experience of the therapist reading the script to the client will be explained and illustrated. The EMDR procedure for installation of the therapist as a resource will be taught and strategies for utilizing this as a selfsoothing method between sessions will be delineated.
Participants will be able to: discuss two problems clients ♦♦ with Complex PTSD have with attachment and fear of attachment loss in therapy, and will be able to identify three strategies to address this issue. ♦♦ explain AEDP microprocessing of interactions between client and therapist, and how this technique can help survivors of childhood relational trauma to develop trust in the therapist. ♦♦ list the four essential elements of an SIT script and utilize the steps involved in the relational affect regulation protocol with their clients.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Relational Affect Regulation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

281. Colosetti, S., & Thyer, B. A. (2000, October). The relative effectiveness of EMDR versus relaxation training with battered women prisoners. Behavior Modification, 24(5), 719-739. doi:10.1177/0145445500245006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
5 women prisoners with a history of being battered and who met the DSM-IV criteria for PTSD were assessed (A phase) and provided with structured relaxation training (RT) (B phase, or placebo treatment), followed by eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy (C phase). Using the Beck Anxiety Inventory and the Impact of Events Scale's avoidance behavior and intrusive thoughts subscales as outcome measures, RT alone did not result in any clinical improvements. The subsequent provision of EMDR did not improve upon this lack of success with 4 of the 5 participants; 1 did improve on anxiety and intrusive thoughts. The apparent ineffectiveness of EMDR with these participants may be attributed to several explanations. Foremost perhaps is the hypothesis that EMDR is not sufficient to ameliorate the effects of chronic abuse. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  African American  Anxiety Disorders  Avoidance  Battery  Drug Abuse  Effectiveness  Empirical Study  European Americans  Females  Intrusive Thoughts  Quantitative Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Prison Inmates  PTSD  Rape  Relaxation Therapy  Survivors  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  Treatment Spouse Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

282. Madrid, A., Skolek, S., & Shapiro, F. (2006, October). Repairing failures in bonding through EMDR. Clinical Case Studies, 5(4), 271-286. doi:10.1177/1534650104267403.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Maternal-infant bonding is an intense emotional tie between mother and infant that often begins during pregnancy and continues after birth. Prolonged physical separation from one's infant or traumatic interference can sometimes impede this process, leading to a lack of bonding. Whereas many medical procedures and illnesses can cause mother and child to become separated immediately after birth and affect bonding, other causes of emotional separation may be somewhat more difficult to identify. Nevertheless, maternal trauma has been identified as one such form of emotional separation that can interfere with bonding. This article illustrates the application of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) for addressing bonding difficulties related to trauma issues. EMDR is an integrative psychotherapy that uses a standardized eight-phase approach to treatment and is a well-accepted treatment for trauma. Although more research is needed, this case suggests that EMDR may be an appropriate and efficient treatment for bonding difficulties. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Attachment Behavior  Bonding Failures  Case Report  Clinical Case Study  Females  Integrative Psychotherapy  Maternal Infant Bonding  Maternal  Mother Child Relations  Separation Reactions  Parenting Behavior  Physical Separation  Pregnancy  Stressors  Survivors  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

283. Laub, B. (2009). Resource connection envelope (RCE) in the EMDR standard protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 93-99). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Resource Connection Envelope (RCE) derives from the assumption that the dialectical healing movement between negative stored memories or problems and positive stored memories or resources is crucial for adaptive processing. The dialectical movement is enhanced when the dialectical poles are made more accessible. The Assessment Phase in the Standard EMDR Protocol makes the problem, which is represented by the traumatic image or picture, more accessible for processing. The RCE aims to complement it by making the resource pole accessible as well. The Resource Connection Script: Past, Present, and Future is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: RCE  Resource Connection Envelope  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

284. Kiessling, R. (2001, December). Resource focused progression. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 35-36.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The following Resource Focused Progression may be implemented during the Preparation Phase of the Standard EMDR Protocol. These interventions are designed to help stabilize and prepare a client for the traditional EMDR targeting protocol. These strategies have been developed by a number of EMDR clinicians – I have tried to give credit where credit is due – any omissions are unintentional.

Keywords: Resource Focus Progression  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

285. Manfield, P. (2010). Resourcing in the preparation phase of EMDR. In Philip Manfield, Dyadic Resourcing: Creating a Foundation for Processing Trauma (pp. 55-66). CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, ISBN-13: 9781453738139 .

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The preparation phase of EMDR is designed to allow the therapist to establish rapport with the client, familiarize the client with EMDR processes, and prepare her to begin trauma processing. The therapist attends to the physical setup, explanation of EMDR, explains the stop signal, explains the basic metaphors, and describes what to expect during processing. In addition, the therapist may want to give the client a brief explanation of EMDR‟s model of change, the Adaptive Information Processing model (AIP).

Keywords: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

286. Jenkins, S. (2009, May). Retrieving the missing pieces: A cross-cultural approach to memory fragmentation. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The behavioural, emotional, somatic, and cognitive aspects of traumatic memory often remain fragmented, but present through symptomology. The EMDR practitioner is challenged to process key aspects of clients’ traumatic histories, with incomplete narrative. Ancient cultures, across continents, emphasize the importance of processing dissociated aspects of the self. This presentation explores the relationship between current research, ego state therapy, and cross-cultural approaches to trauma. While staying true to the eight-phase EMDR treatment model, traditional shamanic imageries for processing sensory-motor aspects of trauma are introduced. Attendees will learn interventions including the “Retrieval Interweave,” via case studies, video, interactive activities, and didactic presentations.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Approaches  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

287. Dworkin, M., & Bender, S. (2000, September). The role of transference and countertransference in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) identify countertransference issues in an EMDR session; 2) apply knowledge of transference and countertransference during any phase of EMDR therapy protocol; and 3) employ proactive stratgegies such as cognitives interweaves utilizing transference and countertransference principles.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Countertransference  Transference  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

288. Grey, E. (2010, September/October). RSVP: Validating and expanding AIP tenets. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed to enhance the EMDR case conceptualization and treatment. It is necessary for clinicians to be able to translate the Adaptive Information Processing model into practical application. This presentation is conceived from five years of research on EMDR, stress, and the brain. It is very interactive with a moderate amount of didactic information. Participants will leave having reviewed the AIP model, eight- phase protocol, and three-pronged approach; gain an understanding of current research in the AIP model; gain knowledge of current research of neuroscience of the three-pronged approach; and practice case conceptualization.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

289. Kusumowardhani, R. (2010, July). Safe place and light stream stabilization technique on EMDR prepartion phase are effective for coping insomnia on women patient that newly diagnosed HIV infected. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper will look at the effective use of the eight phases of the EMDR protocol in IMAGO therapy. It will be used to provide theoretical linkages between the use and integration of EMDR and IMAGO in couple’s therapy. Both these will be understood in relation to how they will help achieve integration with couples at diverse levels. Therapists will learn how to utilise both modalities (EMDR & IMAGO) effectively. They will understand the use of the touchstone event, to bring about shifts in individual and couples behaviour. They will also witness that without the use of EMDR the behavioural change cannot be long term. Capacitate participants in process and strategies for incorporating EMDR into IMAGO couples therapy practices. Provide participants with practical examples of EMDR and IMAGO through the behaviour change.

Keywords: HIV  Insomnia  Light Stream  Safe Place  Women  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

290. Carvalho, E. (2012, June). Sanando la pandilla que vive adentro [Healing the folks who live inside]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Role theory/therapy was developed almost one hundred years ago, and one of its greatest innovators was Jacob Moreno, the founder of Psychodrama and Group Psychotherapy. This workshop will present the use of eight-­‐phase EMDR treatment approach as a form of role therapy. It will help therapists identify the inner roles that all clients present, how the roles can be treated with EMDR and integrated towards a personality whole. This is an innovative and creative alternative/adjunct to ego-­‐state therapy for clients with less dissociative symptomatology and the more “everyday” client that psychotherapists tend to see in their offices.
La teoría/terapia de rol fue desarrollada hace casi 100 años, y uno de sus grandes innovadores fue Jacob Moreno, el fundador del psicodrama y la terapia de grupo. Este taller presentará el uso de un tratamiento EMDR de 8 fases en forma de terapia de rol. Esto ayudara a los terapeutas a identificar los roles interiores que todos los clientes presentan, como los roles deben ser tratados con EMDR e integrados hacia un todo en la personalidad. Esta es una alternativa innovadora y creativa a la terapia de Estados del Ego para los clientes con poca sintomatología disociativa y orientada al cliente más común de “a pie” que normalmente tiende a acudir a la consulta.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

291. Lanius, U. (2012, October). Science & practice: Attachment, dissociation and EMDR. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful integrative psychotherapeutic intervention. However, in the case of disrupted attachment and significant dissociative symptoms EMDR can be destabilizing if used early on in treatment. That is, fragmentation of self and dissociative symptoms commonly interfere with information processing, thus barring the integration and resolution of the traumatic experience through EMDR. Dissociation interferes with clients sense of their own body, their ability to experience emotion, their capacity for emotional regulation and their sense of self. Addressing dissociative symptoms prior to proceeding with EMDR treatment is essential for positive treatment outcomes. A neurobiological model is described that guides therapeutic interventions and integrates diverse approaches that include not only EMDR and relevant target selection, but also mindfulness, body therapy approaches, ego-state interventions, sensory integration, as well as neurobiologically based interventions. Such interventions can be used both in the preparation phase but can also form useful interweaves during EMDR information processing. Using a neurobiologically informed approach, the case is made for the use of somatic and ego-state interventions when dissociation is a significant part of the clinical presentation. Specific focus is on different ego-state and body therapy interventions to increase awareness of the self and ones body. Body therapy and somatic interventions are distinguished from other psychotherapeutic interventions in that they are expressed in markedly slowed-down time, in order to give clients ample time to experience the felt sense of their bodies. Similarly ego-state work can be utilized to titrate information processing, as well as provide clients with internal resources that aid in enhanced information processing. Attendees will gain knowledge about possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to attachment, dissociation and adaptive information processing and how this relates to EMDR treatment. The workshop will teach specific interventions intended to stabilize clients, create safety, help the client stay connected or get reconnected and therefore minimize dissociative symptoms and their effect. Participants will learn how to effectively integrate different somatic and ego-state interventions in the treatment of attachment and trauma related syndromes and dissociative disorders, as well as how to enhance information processing during the EMDR treatment. The workshop also will discuss innovative use of opioid antagonists in the treatment of dissociative symptoms with a particular focus on EMDR.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will gain knowledge about possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to attachment, dissociation and adaptive information processing and how this relates to EMDR treatment. Participants will learn how to effectively integrate different somatic and ego-state interventions in the treatment of attachment and trauma related syndromes and dissociative disorders, as well as how to enhance information processing during the EMDR treatment. The workshop will teach specific interventions intended to stabilize clients, create safety, help the client stay connected or get reconnected and therefore minimize dissociative symptoms and their effect.

Keywords: Attachment  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

292. Stickgold, R. (2013, May). Searching for the scientific basis of EMDR [À la recherche des fondements scientifiques de l’EMDR]. Presentaton at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Several scientific models have been proposed to explain the unique efficacy of EMDR in treating PTSD. These include models based on the relaxation response, on working memory, and on REM-sleep associative processing. In this workshop I will describe and discuss these and other models within a larger framework that views PTSD as primarily a memory disorder. Memories are not like photographs. They evolve. After a memory is initially formed, it goes through an extended period of processing—a complex set of automatic processes, occurring without intent or conscious awareness, that modifies the memory. In the end, a memory can be substantially different from its original form, with some parts still as vivid as the day they were formed and other parts forgotten. At the same time, the memory becomes integrated into wide-ranging memory networks that create a context for the original memory and, in the process, construct an implicit interpretation of the memory. While the processing of small, everyday, distressful events is normally handled efficiently by these automatic mechanisms, grief and painful traumas can overwhelm them. When this happens, the memory is left frozen in its original form—raw, intrusive, distressing, and unexplained––a condition that can lead to PTSD. The goal of any treatment for PTSD, then, should be to “restart” these processes of memory evolution, and to thereby support resolution of the trauma. How each of the various scientific models of EMDR might explain this facilitation of memory processing will be the focus of the workshop. Learning Objectives: • The structure and physiology of the human sleep cycle • The role of sleep in memory “evolution” • How PTSD can be seen as a disorder of sleep-dependent memory evolution • How EMDR might act to restore normal memory processing

Plusieurs modèles scientifiques ont tenté d’expliquer l’efficacité de l’approche EMDR dans le traitement du SSPT. Dans ces modèles, il y a ceux portant sur la réponse de relaxation, sur la mémoire de travail, sur le processus associatif durant la phase ‘REM’ du sommeil. Dans cet atelier, l’auteur abordera ces différents modèles et bien d’autres et ce dans une optique élargie mais qui se fonde sur la prémisse que le SSPT est principalement un trouble de la mémoire. Les souvenirs ne sont pas comme des photos. Elles évoluent. Alors que le souvenir prend forme, il se passe un certain laps de temps où le traitement de l’information se poursuit –une série complexe de processus automatiques, loin du champs de la conscience, modifiant le souvenir. Finalement, le souvenir peut être considérablement différent de sa forme originale dans ce sens que certaines parties demeurent très claires et très vivides et d’autres sont oubliées. Lorsque le souvenir se forme, celui-ci est intégré dans un large réseau de la mémoire qui crée un contexte et dans son traitement de l’information construit une interprétation implicite de ce souvenir. Alors que le traitement d’événements stressants du quotidien sont normalement bien gérés par ces mécanismes automatiques, ceux-ci sont complètement envahis par les pertes ou les traumas douloureux. Quand cela se produit, le souvenir demeure ‘gelé’ (‘frozen’) dans sa forme originale- à l’état brute, intrusif, perturbant, inexpliqué- conditions pouvant mener au SSPT. L’objectif du traitement du SSPT est de ‘’redémarrer’’ ces processus évolutifs de la mémoire afin de permettre la résolution du trauma. L’intérêt premier de cet atelier est de voir comment les différents modèles scientifiques en EMDR facilitent ces processus de traitement de la mémoire. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • La structure et la physiologie du cycle du sommeil chez l’humain • Le rôle du sommeil dans ‘’ l’évolution ‘’ de la mémoire • Comment le SSPT peut être vu comme un syndrome dépendant du sommeil dans l’évolution de la mémoire • Comment l’ EMDR peut jouer un rôle important à rétablir le processus normal de la mémoire.

Keywords: Memory Processing  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Scientific Models  Sleep Cycle  Sleep-Dependent Memory Evolution  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

293. Stickgold, R. (2013, May). Searching for the scientific basis of EMDR [À la recherche des fondements scientifiques de l’EMDR]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Several scientific models have been proposed to explain the unique efficacy of EMDR in treating PTSD. These include models based on the relaxation response, on working memory, and on REM-sleep associative processing. In this workshop I will describe and discuss these and other models within a larger framework that views PTSD as primarily a memory disorder. Memories are not like photographs. They evolve. After a memory is initially formed, it goes through an extended period of processing—a complex set of automatic processes, occurring without intent or conscious awareness, that modifies the memory. In the end, a memory can be substantially different from its original form, with some parts still as vivid as the day they were formed and other parts forgotten. At the same time, the memory becomes integrated into wide-ranging memory networks that create a context for the original memory and, in the process, construct an implicit interpretation of the memory. While the processing of small, everyday, distressful events is normally handled efficiently by these automatic mechanisms, grief and painful traumas can overwhelm them. When this happens, the memory is left frozen in its original form—raw, intrusive, distressing, and unexplained––a condition that can lead to PTSD. The goal of any treatment for PTSD, then, should be to “restart” these processes of memory evolution, and to thereby support resolution of the trauma. How each of the various scientific models of EMDR might explain this facilitation of memory processing will be the focus of the workshop. Learning Objectives: • The structure and physiology of the human sleep cycle • The role of sleep in memory “evolution” • How PTSD can be seen as a disorder of sleep-dependent memory evolution • How EMDR might act to restore normal memory processing

Plusieurs modèles scientifiques ont tenté d’expliquer l’efficacité de l’approche EMDR dans le traitement du SSPT. Dans ces modèles, il y a ceux portant sur la réponse de relaxation, sur la mémoire de travail, sur le processus associatif durant la phase ‘REM’ du sommeil. Dans cet atelier, l’auteur abordera ces différents modèles et bien d’autres et ce dans une optique élargie mais qui se fonde sur la prémisse que le SSPT est principalement un trouble de la mémoire. Les souvenirs ne sont pas comme des photos. Elles évoluent. Alors que le souvenir prend forme, il se passe un certain laps de temps où le traitement de l’information se poursuit –une série complexe de processus automatiques, loin du champs de la conscience, modifiant le souvenir. Finalement, le souvenir peut être considérablement différent de sa forme originale dans ce sens que certaines parties demeurent très claires et très vivides et d’autres sont oubliées. Lorsque le souvenir se forme, celui-ci est intégré dans un large réseau de la mémoire qui crée un contexte et dans son traitement de l’information construit une interprétation implicite de ce souvenir. Alors que le traitement d’événements stressants du quotidien sont normalement bien gérés par ces mécanismes automatiques, ceux-ci sont complètement envahis par les pertes ou les traumas douloureux. Quand cela se produit, le souvenir demeure ‘gelé’ (‘frozen’) dans sa forme originale- à l’état brute, intrusif, perturbant, inexpliqué- conditions pouvant mener au SSPT. L’objectif du traitement du SSPT est de ‘’redémarrer’’ ces processus évolutifs de la mémoire afin de permettre la résolution du trauma. L’intérêt premier de cet atelier est de voir comment les différents modèles scientifiques en EMDR facilitent ces processus de traitement de la mémoire. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • La structure et la physiologie du cycle du sommeil chez l’humain • Le rôle du sommeil dans ‘’ l’évolution ‘’ de la mémoire • Comment le SSPT peut être vu comme un syndrome dépendant du sommeil dans l’évolution de la mémoire • Comment l’ EMDR peut jouer un rôle important à rétablir le processus normal de la mémoire.

Keywords: Memory Processing  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Scientific Models  Sleep Cycle  Sleep-Dependent Memory Evolution  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

294. Hopper, E., Simpson, W., Blaustein, M., & Spinazzola, J. (2004, November). Self-perception of symptom change in the treatment of PTSD. Presentation at the 20th annual meeting of the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The current study examined client self-perception of change in posttraumatic stress symptoms during and after treatment in three treatment conditions: psychopharmacology (fluoxetine), an exposure-based psychotherapeutic treatment (EMDR), and a pill placebo. Subjects were 88 patients with mixed-trauma exposure and primarily chronic trauma response. Subjects completed the Davidson Trauma Scale (DTS) prior to beginning treatment, during the treatment phase, and during follow-up. In all conditions, selfreported symptoms of posttraumatic stress decreased during the treatment phase. After treatment, average DTS score for subjects in the therapy condition continued to decrease, while mean score for subjects who received pharmacological treatment increased slightly. Two months after termination of treatment, the average DTS score was 21 for the EMDR condition and 43 for the fluoxetine condition. Results revealed that subjects perceived themselves as improving steadily during the course of treatment, regardless of treatment condition. These results support the idea that there are non-specific factors in therapy (perhaps including factors such as instillation of hope, treatment expectations, and empathy) that lead to self-perceived improvement in symptoms. However, maintenance of perceived gains did appear to favor exposure-based therapy as a treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Self-Perception  Symptom Change  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

295. Burkart, T. (2007, September). Seminar: EMDR bei bulimia nervosa [EMDR for bulimia nervosa]. Psychotherapeutishchen Zentrums Kitzberg-Klinik Bad Mergentheim.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Ich möchte in meinem Seminar am Beispiel der Bulimia nervosa zeigen, wie die Methodik der modernen Traumatherapie mit den Phasen Stabilisierung, Ressourcenorgansiation, Exposition und Neuorientierung auch auf bindungsrelevante Traumatisierungen im Sinne schwerer Kränkung, Demütigung oder öffentlicher Beschämung erweitert werden kann. Hier möchte ich vor allem die Möglichkeiten erfolgreicher Exposition deutlich machen. Ein entscheidender Grund, EMDR in die Essstörungsbehandlung einzuführen, war die Tatsache, dass mit großer Häufigkeit makro- und mikrotraumatisches Material in der Lebensgeschichte der Patientinnen und ihrer Familien vorkommt. Die Untersuchung der Makrotraumata zeigt eine enorme Häufigkeit sexueller Missbrauchserfahrungen bei den essgestörten Mädchen und jungen Frauen; die Häufigkeit liegt wahrscheinlich bei etwa 25 – 30 % (Köpp & Jacoby 2000) und damit 4mal höher als im allgemeinen Durchschnitt. Aber nicht nur die Makrotraumen wie Objektverlust, erlittene Gewalt, sexueller Missbrauch haben diese Wirkung, sondern auch die Mikrotraumen, dies sind kumulative Verletzungen der kindlichen Schutz- und Entwicklungsbedürfnisse. Sie sind weniger offensichtlich, sie sind auch weniger bewusst, sie sind aber nicht weniger wirksam. Sie bewirken nicht die einmalige große Erschütterung der Person, sondern eher eine permanente Vergiftung.

I want to show nervosa in my seminar on the example of bulimia, such as the methodology of modern trauma therapy with the stabilization phase, Ressourcenorgansiation, Exposure and refocus on bond-related trauma in the sense severe insult, humiliation or shaming can be extended. here I would especially make the possibilities of successful exposure significantly. A key reason, introduce EMDR into the eating disorder treatment, the Fact that in a high frequency macro-and micro-traumatic material Life history of the patients and their families occurs. The study of macro trauma are enormous frequency of sexual Abuse experiences among girls and young women suffering from eating disorders, the incidence is probably at about 25 - 30% (Koepp Jacoby & 2000), and 4 times higher than in the order general average. But not only the macro traumas such as loss of the object, experienced violence, sexual abuse have this effect, but also the micro-trauma, these are cumulative injuries child protection and development needs. They are less obvious, they are even less aware, but they are no less effective. Do not bring the unique great disturbance in the person, but rather a permanent poisoning.

Keywords: Bulimia Nervosa  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

296. Jarero, I., & Hartung, J. (2002, March). The seven phases model for mental health interventions in disaster situations. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(1), 30.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
A seven phase trauma treatment project is being carried out in El Salvador under the coordination of Ignatio “Nacho” Jarero from Mexico, with team members from Guatemala, Argentina, and the USA. Readers will recognize Nacho’s wife, Lucina Artigas, as the inventor of the Butterfly Hug. Nacho and Lucina have been dedicated EMDR clinicians for a long time, and recently they were approved by Robbie Dunton to become HAP facilitators in training with John Hartung. The El Salvador local coordinator is Reginaldo Hernandez, psychiatrist and acupuncturist. The training has been quite successful so far and could become a model for other countries.

Keywords: Disaster Interventions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

297. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-­‐ induced wake trance-­‐states. Due to this, they might thrive from treatment-­‐ strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety. This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of: (1) Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment (2) Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance (3) Using hyper-­‐empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-­‐material (4) Addressing ego-­‐states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-­‐time (5) Addressing resource-­‐rich ego-­‐states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-­‐ helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize the trauma material (6) Installation of hope and the “memory of the future” (7) Using post-­‐hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions. Learning objectives: Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of continuous stabilization for this population. Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-­‐work with DD-­‐clients. Apply structured techniques and rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-­‐work.

Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad. Este taller subraya siete estrategias para extender el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en: (1) Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro/ estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR (2) Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance (3) Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-­‐empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático. (4) Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático (5) Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-­‐interno ayudante), por tanto ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático (6) Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro” (7) Usando sugestión post-­‐hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades especiales de estabilización continua para esta población. Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-­‐DD. Aplicación de técnicas estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Hypnosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

298. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety. This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of: 1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment. 2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance. 3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material. 4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time. 5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize the trauma material. 6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”. 7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions. Learning objectives: Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of continuous stabilization for this population. Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.

Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad. Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en: 1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR. 2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance. 3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático. 4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático. 5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático. 6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”. 7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades especiales de estabilización continua para esta población. Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Hypnosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

299. Dodgson, P. W. (2007, June). Shame: The adaptive information processing model and introduction of the "protocol interweave" in EMDR with victims of torture, rape and organised violence. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Shame is often a key component of post-traumatic stress and one that can inhibit processing because the person concerned feels no compassion for the self that was shamed. Shame may lead to despising or hating that self so that allowing the self to grow, to recovered, feels almost impossible. Shame is experienced cognitively, emotionally, and somatically: in “brain, heart, and body.”
Shame may lead to blocked processing that does not respond to cognitive interweaves or other approaches such as changes in speed, modality and direction of bilateral stimulation, or “TICES’ strategies, changing aspects of images, cognitions or emotional and sensory interventions. Typically, Subjective Units of Distress scale scored stick at 4.
This paper will draw on clinical work with people who have experienced rape, torture and organized violence and explore ways of unlocking the inhibiting factors of shame, enabling the victim of personal violence to have compassion for themselves, and forgiveness. With compassion, a person can allow themself to recover, and processing the memories of the traumatic incident or incidents can move to adaptive resolution.
The paper will present case material using the adaptive information processing model as a helpful way of enabling clinets to normalize their mental, emotional and somatic reactions, to structure what often seems like a chaotic inner world and to address issues including shame.
This paper will propose a protocol for EMDR psychotherapy with people who have been victims of rape, torture, and organized violence and will introduce a “protocol interweave” for working with people for whom shame is a factor that impedes effective processing.
The “protocol interweave” focuses on the ‘self who has been shamed” and adapts the desensitization phase to enable the individual to process material associated with their thoughts, feelings, and sensations with regards to the self of whom they are ashamed and whom they may despise. The paper will also examine recent thinking about shame, compassion and forgiveness and reflect on similarities across psychotherapeutic modalities such as gestalt and cognitive behaviour therapy and the way in which EMDR is an integrative model that accommodates these.
The presentation will include PowerPoint and video clips of clinical consultations.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Organised Violence  Protocol Interweave  Rape  Shame  Torture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

300. Dworkin, M. (2010, March). Solving transference and counter-transference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chair, Michael Paterson
This workshop will focus on the types of transference and counter-transference that arise in EMDR with dissociative clients and teach solutions. Procedural modifications have been the focus in dealing with pathological dissociation in EMDR treatment. Separately, transference and counter-transference with dissociative patients have been written about extensively by experts in the dissociation field. Research findings about the effects of mirror neurons and embedded simulation on the inter-subjective field of patient and therapist have also been published. Strategies for dealing with these transference and counter-transference in EMDR treatment have received little attention even though this population has intense transference, and can activate intense counter-transference. These issues may begin during an evaluation of the presenting problems. Strategies for identifying and using transference to enhance dual awareness during history taking will be demonstrated. An elongated preparation phase to develop enough trust and stabilization before exploring traumatic memories can limit induced transference. Different parts of a dissociative patient may have different kinds of transferences. These transferences may cause the patient to withdraw, cling or attack; affecting the therapist’s abilities to stay attuned and focused on the work in different phases of EMDR. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the client will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures of attunement. Interactions are bi-directional, and different (transferential) parts may activate dissociative parts of the therapist. Strategies to somatically identify and use these counter-transferential activations in the therapist will be taught through body based awarenesses. R/D/I strategies can be used to limit countertransference to remain grounded and attuned. Transference and counter-transference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions presented. During the Desensitization phase under-accessing or over-accessing target memories; abreaction vs. vehement emotions will be discussed as unacknowledged dissociative moments with indications for inducing transference, counter-transference, or both. Decisions need be made collaboratively whether to process or contain these events. Understanding and dealing with dilemmas of dissociative enactments are crucial to keeping the healing process going. These inter-subjective issues may be most intense during the first four phases, but some problems may continue into Installation and the Body Scan. Problems and solutions during Incomplete Closure and the Re-evaluation phases will be given. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated as well. Solutions to these issues that occur during different phases will be taught so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies to use with their dissociative patients. Attunement to dissociative parts, identifying transference and counter-transference binds; The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire ; Compartmentalization; use of self soothing skills; using Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves; identifying moments of projective identification and enactments, and then to use them to deepen EMDR will be taught, as well as innovative inter-subjective strategies . Case examples and awareness exercises will used throughout the workshop to facilitate intellectual and experiential learning.

Keywords: Counter-transference  Dissociative Disorders  Transference  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

301. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Solving transference and countertransference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on transference and countertransference problems and solutions in EMDR with dissociative clients. There will be a short literature review on procedural modifications in dealing with dissociation in EMDR, and transference and countertransference with dissociative patients. Research findings on mirror neurons and embodied simulation will be taught to enhance the participant’s understanding of the neurobiological substrates for attunement and resonance, and for solving transference and countertransference with dissociatives in EMDR when ruptures to relatedness occurs. Identifying and using transference reactions to enhance dual awareness will be demonstrated in history taking. Enhancements in preparation phase will be shown through case example to limit induced transference. Transference and countertransference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions offered. In the Desensitization phase EMDR processing may induce transference, countertransference, or both (even with procedural modifications). Intersubjective challenges seem to be more intense during phases 1 -4 and 7-8. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session, or during Re-evaluation. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated then as well. Different parts of a dissociative patient may appear with different kinds of transferences during different EMDR phases. These transferences challenge therapist’s abilities to stay attuned. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the patient will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures to the alliance and to understand the nature of the dissociated communication. Bi-directional interactions may activate parts of the patient and therapist without conscious awareness. Strategies to somatically identify and use these countertransferential activations will be taught through experiential exercises so that the therapist may have a more in depth understanding of the dissociative patient’s communications. R/D/I strategies will be reviewed and applied to the therapist to limit countertransference activations. Dealing with dissociative enactments are crucial to identify ruptures to the therapeutic alliance, restore attunement and resonance, uncover dissociative messages that can be used during EMDR processing.. Solutions to the problems that occur during different EMDR phases will be taught using lecture, discussion, case examples, written and experiential exercises so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies. Solutions include how to maintain attunement to dissociative parts during transferential activations while enhancing dual awareness; how to identify transference and countertransference problems during phases 1-4 and 7-8 and use them as additional sources of dissociated communications that can be used in EMDR processing ; how to use the Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire to identify and process countertransference problems ; how to use compartmentalization strategies using R/D/I to limit countertransference activations; how to develop self soothing skills for the therapist’s dissociated parts; how and when to use Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves during Desensitization; and how to identify moments of enactments, and using EMDR strategies to deepen the EMDR experience .

Keywords: Countertransference  Transference  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

302. Taboada, M. J., & Baragaña, M. (2010, April). Some tecniques for emotional regulation with EMDR. Poster presented at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The poster will present in graphic vignetes diferent tecnics which will described several intervention with EMDR usig instalation and procesing elements. Learning Outcomes
The aplications the EMDR in complex trauma cases needs a carefully planned stabilitation phase. Emotion des-regulations is a frequent problem in this clinical group. To improve self-regulation abilities is a very important aspect to develop before proceeding with trauma procesing. The

Keywords: Emotional Regulation  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

303. Neuner, F. (2008, Juli). Stabilisierung vor konfrontation in der traumatherapie -- Grundregel oder mythos? [Stabilization before confrontation in trauma treatment -- Elementary rule or myth?]. Verhaltenstherapie, 18(2), 109-118. doi:10.1159/000134006.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Psychotherapie der PTBS ist oft in die Phasen der Stabilisierung und Konfrontation unterteilt. In der Stabilisierungsphase lernt der Patient, Strategien zur Regulierung und Kontrolle beeinflussen Symptome. Danach kann die Erinnerungen an das traumatische Ereignis offen gelegt und verarbeitet werden in der Konfrontation Phase. Deutsch Behandlungsrichtlinien und etwas Text Pfund postulieren, dass eine Phase der Stabilisierung bedingungslos vor der Konfrontation mit dem Trauma Erinnerungen erforderlich stattfinden kann. Im Gegensatz zu dieser Aussage, Evidenz aus randomisierten, kontrollierten Studien zeigt, dass die sogenannten Trauma-Ansätze konzentrieren (Varianten der kognitiven Verhaltenstherapie, Exposition Therapie und EMDR) die erfolgreichsten Methoden für die Behandlung von PTBS sind. Als Konsequenz empfehlen mehreren internationalen Verbänden und Instituten diese Verfahren als Therapie der ersten Wahl. Alle Trauma-konzentrierte Ansätze umfassen irgendeine Art von Konfrontation mit nur rudimentären Stabilisierung oder ohne Stabilisierung bei allen. Darüber hinaus gibt es keine Hinweise, dass die Exposition Verfahren gefährlicher als Stabilisierung oder dass sie weniger gut toleriert und akzeptiert werden. Ebenso gibt es keinen Beweis, dass die Stabilisierung ist notwendig für Patienten mit komplexen Trauma-bedingten Erkrankungen wie bei erwachsenen Patienten mit einer Vorgeschichte von sexuellem Missbrauch. Entgegen der gängigen Lehre, eine Phase der Stabilisierung ist nicht notwendig, Trauma Behandlung und die Möglichkeit der negativen Auswirkungen der Stabilisierung kann nicht ausgeschlossen werden. [Abstract Autor]

Psychotherapy of PTSD is often divided into the phases of stabilization and confrontation. In the stabilization phase, the patient learns strategies to regulate affect and control symptoms. Thereafter, the memories of the traumatic event can be disclosed and processed in the confrontation phase. German treatment guidelines and some text books postulate that a phase of stabilization is unconditionally required before the confrontation with trauma memories can take place. In contrast to this statement, evidence from randomized controlled trials shows that the so-called trauma-focused approaches (variants of cognitive-behavioral therapy, exposure therapy, and EMDR) are the most successful methods for the treatment of PTSD. As a consequence, several international associations and institutes recommend these procedures as the treatment of first choice. All trauma-focused approaches include some type of confrontation with only rudimentary stabilization or with no stabilization at all. In addition, there is no evidence that exposure procedures are more dangerous than stabilization, or that they are less well tolerated and accepted. Likewise, there is no evidence that stabilization is necessary for patients with complex trauma-related disorders such as adult patients with a history of childhood sexual abuse. Contrary to the common doctrine, a stabilization phase is not necessary for trauma treatment and the possibility of negative effects of stabilization cannot be ruled out. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Confrontation  Exposure  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Stabilization  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

304. Vojtova, H. & Hasto, J. (2005). Stabilizačné techniky a EMDR v psychoterapii posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy [Stabilization techniques and EMDR psychotherapy in posttraumatic stress disorder]. Psychiatrie Pro Praxi, 4, 198-200.

Language: Slovak

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Kazuistika ilustruje využitie stabilizačných psychoterapeutických techník a EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing) v terapii jednoduchej i subsyndromálnej komplexnej (3) posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy (PTSP) u tej istej pacientky. Stabilizačné techniky, ktoré využívajú špeciálne volené a štruktúrované imaginácie, pomáhajú pacientovi v prvej fáze terapie obnoviť schopnosť prežívať bezpečie, mobilizovať jeho vlastné zdroje uzdravenia a pomôcť mu získať kontrolu nad vlastným prežívaním. EMDR je psychoterapeutická metóda konfrontácie s traumou (expozície), ktorá vychádza z poznatkov o neurobiologickom spracovaní informácií. Jadrom metódy je zistenie, že bilaterálna stimulácia (zabezpečená najbežnejšie pohybom očí zo strany na stranu – odtiaľ názov metódy) umožňuje adaptívne spracovanie dysfunkčne uloženej informácie a uvoľňuje samoliečiaci proces v nervovej sústave pacienta (4). Stabilizačné techniky i EMDR patria ku komplexnej psychoterapii traumy.

The case report illustrates the use of psychotherapeutic techniques, stability and EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and reprocessing) in the treatment of simple and complex subsyndromálnej (3) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in the same patient. Stabilization technique using specially chosen and structured imagination, assist the patient in the first phase of therapy to restore the ability to experience security, to mobilize its own healing resources to help him gain control of their own survival. EMDR is a psychotherapeutic method of confrontation with the trauma (exposure), based on knowledge of the neurobiological information processing. The core method is the finding that bilateral stimulation (eye movements commonly provided from side to side - hence the name of the method) allows for adaptive processing of dysfunctional information stored and released samoliečiaci process in the nervous system of patients (4). Stabilization techniques and EMDR psychotherapy include a comprehensive trauma.
Also puplished in Psychiatria Pre Prax, 6(4), 194-196.

Keywords: Eye Movements  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapy  PTSD  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

305. Struik, A. L. (2010, June). Stabilization and EMDR treatment of young dissociative children, the use of the six tests, a stabilization model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The stabilization and treatment of young dissociative children can be complicated. Providing the child with a safe environment and attachment figure is obviously the first step. But what's next? They can appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about trauma or say they forgot about it. It doesn't bother them anymore. But the temptation of the therapist to let sleeping dogs lie is a dangerous one. Underneath this apparently well-functioning outside the child is terrified, constantly alert, and lonely, unable to find comfort, This child cannot attach and this lack of safe attachment is devastating for future development. However, only detailed history taking from caregivers and schoolteachers will often reveals these otherwise often hidden problems. In this presentation 1 will demonstrate. The six tests, a new and unique stabilization model for children. The six tests help therapy is to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to establish this stabilization, before starting with EMDR. I will present some cases to illustrate this process and the use of stabilization techniques. The children need to learn self-regulation skills to reduce stress. Then we activate the attachment system, so they car, reduce stress by seeking comfort. In this way the need to dissociate reduces. By relating present problems to past experiences their motivation increases to look into their traumas and start EMDR, (but only on their request). Finally, I will discuss adjustments in the EMDR protocol for these dissociative children in order to keep them in the desensitization process and how to integrate the use of EMDR Into the complete phase-orientated treatment. Learning objectives: -The basic tenets of the six tests -The ability to critically consider whether a child needs further stabilization or can start EMDR. - Understanding which techniques to utilize for particular conditions, through case presentations and questions. New and unique: This model is an adjustment for children of The tree test (Spieling, 2008) for adults, which is unique and new. Up until now, many EMDR therapists don't treat these children, because they are afraid to destabilize them or don't know how to do it. With this model I hope they start to treat these children who need EMDR the most.

Keywords: Children  Dissociation: Six Tests  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

306. van der Weele, J., & With, A. (2007, June). Stabilization groups with ethnic minority women after domestic violence: Presentation of a model based on structural theory of dissociation, EMDR, intercultural comunication and expressive artwork. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Alternative to violence has developed a group treatment model structured by the theory of structural dissociation and EMDR trauma treatment theory. Woman with ethnic minority background received short terms group treatment at a shelter for victims of domestic violence at an outpatient clinic and at a domestic violence family treatment center. The groups were supplements to individual therapy/counseling. We have had 10 groups; one with only Pakistani women, several mixed ethnic minority cultural groups with translation and groups in “simple Norwegian.” Recruitment was enhanced by the policy of sharing of symptoms and problems today with no obligation to share about personal past. The model has low drop out rate and therapist working with the individuals report more effective treatment sessions. For some women the group becomes the preferred choice of treatment. We discovered that early phase trauma work can be done in a group format with severely and recently traumatized women. Methods used are resource installation and safe place work, increase awareness of negative/positive cognitions, butterfly hug, nightmare protocol, expressive art therapy techniques as grounding, breathing techniques working with personal borders, working with imagination and playfulness. Structural therapy of dissociation concepts as ANP/EP structures and mental capacity, working from here and now, focusing on the ANP above EP's are woven into how the therapists regulate the group process and plan content. The theory organizes how we handle flashbacks, current acute crisis and how we focus on the womens’ personal trauma. We also teach about the effect of violence in relationships, the need to work on personal safety and the needs of children in the aftermath of violence. Theory from the field of intercultural communication gave us guidelines in working with women from high context, indirect and collectivistic cultures. A workbook for the clients on violence, PTSD symptoms and stabilisation treatment has been developed in the aftermath of these groups and is translated into several languages. We will present the material at the conference in the structure of the early fase trauma treatment group format. Showing in vivo how we apply the theory to severely traumatized women. We will share some of our favorite group exercises, metaphors and group rituals. Our goal is: 1. to show how the theory of structural dissociation serves as guideline for organizing and resulting treatment with severely traumatized clients in groups. 2. Give insight into typical adjustments that have been made to tailor treatment to ethnic minority populations. 3. Explain how expressive art work needs to make adjustments to the population of severely traumatized women. 4. Finally show how the group uses elements from EMDR and enhances individual EMDR work. In our experience, the stabilisation groups have integrated the heart, mind and body in the work of healing with a population that is often found difficult to treat effectively. We hare started to retain other therapists in using the model and are in the process of applying for a research grant.

Keywords: Artwork  Domestic Violence  Dissociation  Ethnic  Intercultural Communication  Minority  Stabilization  Women  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

307. Forgash, C. (2009). Stabilization phase of trauma treatment: Introducing and accessing the ego state system. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 209-215). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Ego State  Protocol  Stabilization Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

308. Pagani, M., Lorenzo, Gd., Verardo, A., Nicolais, G., Monaco, L., Niolu, C., Fernandez, I., & Siracusano, A. (2012, March-April). Substrato neurobiologico della terapia con EMDR [Neurobiological correlates of EMDR therapy]. Rivista di Psichiatria, 47(Supplement 1), 16S-18S. doi:10.1708/1071.11734.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
I EEG in un gruppo di dieci soggetti con grave trauma psicologico trattati con EMDR e in dieci controlli sono stati registrati sia durante l'ascolto del racconto autobiografico del trauma indice (script) e nel corso di una intera sessione EMDR. Gli EEG sono stati eseguiti nuovamente durante l'ultima sessione di EMDR quando i pazienti erano liberi da sintomi. Durante l'ascolto uno script di attivazione prevalente delle regioni limbiche corrispondenti alla corteccia prefrontale e orbitofrontale è stato registrato, essere spiegato come l'eccitazione emotiva durante trauma rivivere nella fase sintomatica. La diminuzione significativa di tali attivazioni durante la fase tardiva asintomatica rappresenta il correlato neurobiologico del recupero. Inoltre, l'evidenza di una significativa attivazione corticale nelle aree temporo-parieto-occipitale, durante l'ultima sessione, suggerisce uno switch del segnale elettrico dominante verso aree corticali con funzione prevalente cognitiva.

The EEGs in a group of ten subjects with major psychological trauma treated with EMDR and in ten controls have been registered both during the listening of the autobiographical narrative of the index trauma (script) and during a whole EMDR session. The EEGs have been performed again during the last EMDR session when patients were free of symptoms. During script listening a prevalent activation of the limbic regions corresponding to prefrontal and orbitofrontal cortex has been registered, being explained as the emotional arousal during trauma reliving at the symptomatic phase. The significant decrease of such activations during the late asymptomatic phase represents the neurobiological correlate of recovery. Moreover, the evidence of significant cortical activation in the parietal-temporo-occipital areas, during the last session, suggests a switch of the dominant electrical signal towards cortical areas with a prevalent cognitive function.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

309. Tofani, L. R. (2003, May). Systemic family therapy and EMDR: Theoretical and practical considerations for their intergration. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Conjoint use of systemic family therapy and EMDR is examined. A young adult in the "leaving home" phase of the family life cycle, affected by panic attacks and concomitant anxious/depressive disorder has been treated following the systemic approach , with family sessions and individual sessions including the use of EMDR at specific times. The clinical case is taken as an example for theoretical and practical considerations and for the analysis of the possible integration of the two approaches. This analysis underlines the use of EMDR as a "stimulating factor" in different moments of the family therapy treatment. EMDR helped to focus and elaborate a strong but undefined feeling of serious personal danger in the young identified patient and, on the other side, it helped to define clusters of cognitive conflicts which prevented the development of more adaptive behaviors. Elements that suggest a careful and skillful use of EMDR are presented together with the corresponding need for minor modifications, if associated with family therapy. The aspect of timing individual sessions with EMDR is also considered. The problem of how to interweave elements deriving from EMDR sessions and contents deriving from family sessions is discussed and useful hints about the integration are suggested. [Author abstract]

Keywords: Symposium  Systemic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

310. Swatzyna, R. (1998, July). A tactical therapeutic protocol, for the treatment of PTSD, accentuating both neurologic and psychologic desensitization. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the theory behind neurologic desensitization and it physiological necessity as a precursor to EMDR therapy; 2) explore Benson and Everly's strategic metatherapeutic approach to PSTD for the purpose of understanding the design necessities required of tactical therapeutic protocols; and 3) gain a knowledge of Biofeedback Assisted Relaxation training and its applicability to the establishment of a "Safe Place" during the first phase of EMDR, and the return to a "Safe Place" during the closure phase.

Keywords: Benson and Everly's Strategic Metatherapeutic Approach  Safe Place  Biofeedback Assisted Relaxation  Neurologic Desensitization  Tactile Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

311. Pedone, E. (2010, Gennaio-Giugo). Terapia familiare con l'ausilio dell'EMDR: Uno strumento forte per elaborare piccoli e grandi traumi vissuti dai bambini e dagli adulti [Family therapy with the aid of EMDR: A powerful instrument to process small and big traumas experienced by children and adults]. Ecologia della Mente, 33(1), 35-48, 0394-1310. doi:10.1712/514.6132.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
L’utilizzo dell’Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) in molte situazioni di Terapia Familiare che ho trattato ha accelerato in modo efficace la risoluzione dei problemi. L’EMDR viene definito dalla stessa ideatrice (Francine Shapiro) come un metodo usato fondamentalmente per accedere, elaborare e portare ad una risoluzione adattiva i ricordi di esperienze traumatiche, ricordi che stanno alla base dei disturbi psicologici attuali del paziente. Presenterò alcuni casi di terapia familiare e, per uno di essi, mi soffermerò su una seduta in cui, con l’ausilio dell’EMDR, ho accompagnato la signora, che chiamerò Giulia, mamma del nucleo familiare in trattamento, nell’elaborazione di un trauma vissuto 16 anni prima: la morte della figlia di 6 mesi. La signora Giulia durante la seduta ha rivisitato il ricordo traumatico esplicitando pensieri, sentimenti e reazioni fisiche legate all’evento. Durante l’elaborazione si è distanziata, si è rivista nel suo dolore e ne ha avuto compassione, poi ha favorito l’accesso di pensieri positivi congelati in tutti questi anni. La cosa sorprendente è quanto accaduto in una singola seduta, tale elaborazione si ottiene in periodi molto più lunghi di psicoterapia.

The use of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in several cases of Family Therapy I treated effectively accelerated the resolution of problems. The EMDR is defined by its originator, Francine Shapiro, as a method mainly used to access, process the memories of traumatic experiences, memories that trigger the patient's current psychological disorders, and to lead to their adaptive resolution. I will describe a few cases of family therapy and, for one of them, I will focus on a session in which, with the help of the EMDR, I accompanied the patient, whom I will call Giulia (the mother in the family undergoing treatment), in the reprocessing of a trauma she experienced 16 years earlier: the death of her 6-month-old daughter. During the session, Giulia revisited the traumatic memory by expressing thoughts, feelings, and physical reactions linked to the event. During the processing phase, she distanced herself, she saw herself again in her pain, felt compassion for it, and then she favored the access to positive thoughts that had been frozen for all those past years. The surprising aspect is that the processing took place in a single session, something that usually requires a much longer psychotherapy treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2011 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Emotional Trauma  Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

312. van der Hart, O., Solomon, R., & Gonzalez, A. (2010, September/October). The theory of structural dissociation as a guide for EMDR treatment of chronically traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chronically traumatized clients with complex dissociative disorders need careful preparation. There is currently consensus that the EMDR standard protocol needs to be modified for chronically traumatized clients, as it may destabilize them. Thus, the therapist needs to have a good understanding of the dissociative personality structure that exists in their clients, the dissociative parts, their strengths and deficits, and their interrelationships. Using the framework of phase-oriented treatment and the theory of structural dissociation of the personality, this workshop will help participants understand the preparatory work necessary before integrating traumatic memories and discuss important procedural considerations for each phase of EMDR.

Keywords: Chronic Traumatization  Structural Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

313. Woller, W. (2010, July). Therapeutic relationship in the treatment of traumatized clients with personality disorders. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapeutic relationship is often a major challenge in the treatment of traumatized clients with comorbid personality disorders. Maladaptive interpersonal styles and negative transferences resulting from attachment trauma can make a trauma-oriented therapy very difficult. However, an understanding of personality disorders as a consequence of attachment trauma creates new therapeutic possibilities for patients who are considered difficult to treat though urgently in need of therapy. Given this background, the workshop aims at enhancing the participants’ capacity to manage problems of therapeutic relationship in traumatized clients with personality disorder. In the first part of the workshop, an overview on possible neurobiological causes of specific patterns of experiencing and behavior in personality disorders will be given. Deficits in emotion regulation, mentalization function, and personality integration, all of which have been identified as underlying dysfunctional and self-destructive behavioral patterns, can be understood as consequences of attachment trauma. In the second part of the workshop, a phase-oriented treatment conception will be presented which combines elements from resource-oriented trauma therapies with aspects of a psychodynamic understanding of attachment relationships. In the framework of this concept, the notions of transference and countertransference will be introduced to explain difficulties typically arising in the relationship with traumatized clients with severe personality disorders. On the basis of case material, strategies will be presented to deal with recurrent problems of therapeutic relationship.

Keywords: Interpersonal Relationship  Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

314. Kapfhammer, H.-P. (2008, December). Therapeutische möglichkeiten nach traumatischen erlebnissen [Therapeutic possibilities after traumatic experiences]. Psychiatria Danubina, 20(4), 532-545.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Acute Belastungsstörung (ASD) und Posttraumatische Belastungsstörung (PTSD) sind häufige, aber nicht zwingend psychologische Folgeerscheinungen nach einem Trauma. Eine wichtige Untergruppe der Patienten vor einer chronischen Verlauf der Erkrankung mit einem erhöhten psychiatrischen Komorbidität und erhebliche Beeinträchtigungen in psychosozialen Anpassung assoziiert. Der typische psychopathologische Symptome von ASD und PTSD werden am besten in einem multifaktoriellen Modell der Integration sowohl neurobiologische und psychosoziale Einflüsse beschrieben. Die komplexen Ätiopathogenese von akuten und posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung begünstigt multimodalen Ansätzen in der Behandlung. Differential psychotherapeutische und pharmakologische Strategien zur Verfügung stehen. In einer kritischen Studie über empirische Studien, können psychologische Debriefing nicht als einen positiven Ansatz betrachtet werden, als allgemeine vorbeugende Maßnahme in der unmittelbaren posttraumatischen Phase empfohlen werden. Positive Auswirkungen der kognitiv-verhaltenstherapeutischen Interventionen kann für ASD eingerichtet werden. Psychodynamische Psychotherapie, kognitive Verhaltenstherapie und EMDR zeigen viel versprechende Ergebnisse bei der Behandlung von PTSD. Wesentliche klinische Einschränkungen der Patienten innerhalb von speziellen Probenahmen Forschungseinrichtungen, jedoch nicht gestatten, eine bedingungslose Verallgemeinerung dieser Daten zu psychiatrischen Routineversorgung. In einer empirischen Analyse der SSRIs sind die meisten und am besten untersuchten Medikamente für ASD und PTSD. Im Vergleich zu trizyklischen Antidepressiva SSRIs zeigen ein breiteres Spektrum an therapeutischen Wirkungen und sind besser verträglich. Die Substanzklassen der SNRI, DAS, SARI und NaSSA sind als Medikamente der zweiten Wahl angesehen werden. Sie versprechen eine therapeutische Wirksamkeit der SSRI gleichwertig, wobei bisher nur in offenen Studien untersucht. MAO-Hemmer können eine positive therapeutische Potenzial verfügen, müssen ihr Profil der Nebenwirkungen geachtet, jedoch werden. Mood-Stabilisatoren und atypische Neuroleptika können in Anspruch genommen werden und vor allem im Add-On-Strategien. Benzodiazepine sollten nur mit Vorsicht erhöht für eine kurze Zeit in den Staaten der akuten Krise eingesetzt werden. In frühen Interventionen, die blockierende Substanzen norepinephric Hyperaktivität scheinen vielversprechende Alternativen. Stress Dosen von Hydrocortison kann als experimentelle pharmakologische Strategie betrachtet so weit sein. [PubMed]

Acute stress disorder (ASD) and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are frequent, but not obligatory psychological sequelae following trauma. A major subgroup of patients face a chronic course of illness associated with an increased psychiatric comorbidity and significant impairments in psychosocial adaptation. The typical psychopathological symptoms of ASD and PTSD are best described within a multifactorial model integrating both neurobiological and psychosocial influences. The complex etiopathogenesis of acute and posttraumatic stress disorder favours multimodal approaches in the treatment. Differential psychotherapeutic and pharmacological strategies are available. In a critical survey on empirical studies, psychological debriefing cannot be considered as a positive approach to be recommended as general preventive measure during the immediate posttraumatic phase. Positive effects of cognitive-behavioral interventions can be established for ASD. Psychodynamic psychotherapy, cognitive-behavioral therapy and EMDR show promising results in the treatment of PTSD. Major clinical restrictions of patient sampling within special research facilities, however, do not allow an unconditional generalization of these data to psychiatric routine care. In an empirical analysis the SSRIs are the most and best studied medications for ASD and PTSD. In comparison to tricyclic antidepressants SSRIs demonstrate a broader spectrum of therapeutic effects and are better tolerated. The substance classes of SSNRI, DAS, SARI and NaSSA are to be considered as drugs of second choice. They promise a therapeutic efficacy equivalent to the SSRIs, being investigated so far only in open studies. MAO-inhibitors may dispose of a positive therapeutic potential, their profile of side effects must be respected, however. Mood stabilizers and atypical neuroleptics may be used first and foremost in add-on strategies. Benzodiazepines should be used only with increased caution for a short time in states of acute crisis. In early interventions, substances blocking the norepinephric hyperactivity seem to be promising alternatives. Stress doses of hydrocortisone may be considered as an experimental pharmacological strategy so far.[PUBMED]

Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder  ASD  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

315. Barre, K., & Biesold, K.-H. (2002). Therapie psychischer traumatisierungen bei soldaten der Bundeswehr [Treatment of psychological trauma suffered by soldiers of the Bundeswehr]. In Eberhard Okon & Rolf Meermann (Hsrg). Prävention und Behandlung posttraumatischer Störungsbilder im Rahmen militärischer und polizeilicher Aufgabenerfüllung, (S. 41-46).

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Traumatherapie ist eine spezifische Form der Psychotherapie. Sie orientiert sich schulübergreifend am Drei-Phasen-Modell von P. Janet. Im Bundeswehrkrankenhaus Hamburg werden seit 1994 Soldaten mit einsatzbedingten und einsatzunabhängigen psychotraumatischen Syndromen behandelt. Dabei wird im Rahmen eines integrativen Therapieansatzes insbesondere Eye-Movement-Desensitization-and-Reprocessing (EMDR) als therapeutische Methode eingesetzt. Der therapeutische Ansatz wird erläutert. Auf die spezifischen Bedingungen im soldatischen Umfeld und anderen Gefahrenberufen wird eingegangen.

Trauma therapy is a specific form of psychotherapy. It is oriented across schools at the three-phase model of P. Janet. In Armed Forces Hospital Hamburg since 1994, soldiers with service-related and use-independent psycho-traumatic syndromes treated. It is in the context of an integrative therapy approach, in particular eye movement desensitization-reprocessing-and-(EMDR) is used as a therapeutic method. The therapeutic approach is discussed. On the specific conditions in the military environment and other hazardous occupations will be discussed.

Keywords: Bundeswehr  Soldiers  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

316. Staff. (2007, October 20). To Jung to die. London, England: The Times, Features, Body and Soul, 20.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The article on James Taylor, the jazz musician and therapist, states: "Taylor has been using the comparatively novel technique of EMDR (eye-movement desensitisation and programming), which uses the practice of getting patients to look left and right as they talk through traumas." EMDR is much more complex. It has an eight phase structure, one of which sometimes involves eye movements. Sometimes not.

Keywords: General  James Taylor  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

317. Carvalho, E. R. (2012, Apr). Towards the application of the EMDR 8-phase approach to athletes with sports trauma. California Coast University, Santa Ana, CA.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Theory and research in the area of trauma and neurobiology have shown that the EMDR treatment approach is useful in the desensitization and reprocessing of distressful and/or traumatic memories. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if EMDR therapy could be successfully applied to athletes with sports trauma, since the underlying causes of performance limitations can often be found in past (traumatic) events that are triggered in present-day situations. This study seeks to evaluate the possibility of understanding and defining sports performance limitations as trauma-based and explore the possibility of applying EMDR, a new psychotherapeutic approach with proven efficacy to heal trauma, to athletes in order to enhance performance by healing sports trauma. Through a critical analysis of existing theory and research regarding trauma, treatment and the diverse applications of EMDR therapy are discussed and it is shown how athletes could benefit from processing past events with EMDR therapy in order to achieve performance enhancement.

Keywords: Athletes  Sports Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

318. Aduriz, M. E. (2007, Novembro). Trabajando creativamente con EMDR en niños y familia - Como motivar al niño a usar EMDR [Working creatively with EMDR children and family - How to motivate the child to use EMDR]. Presentación en el Primer Congreso Iberoamericano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Como aplicar las 8 fases a distintas edades en relación a: • Informar que es EMDR y que sucede en el cerebro • Acceder a la Estimulación Bilateral como una experiencia segura • Maneras de armar y amplificar la función del Lugar Seguro • Introducir el I C E S (Imagen- Creencia – Emoción – Sensación Corporal).y las Escalas del SUD y VOC • Reconocimiento y tolerancia de las emociones• Fase de desensibilización. Su diferencia con los adultos. • Como detectar y superar: ab-reacciones - bloqueos – riesgo de disociación • Modos de instalar y amplificar la creencia positiva. • Como hacer cierre de sesión en las distantes edades y situaciones • Importancia del Seguimiento o reevaluación con la ayuda de los padres.

How to apply the 8 stages at different ages in relation to: • Report is EMDR and what happens in the brain • Access to a Bilateral Stimulation safe experience • Ways to set up and amplify the role of Safe Place • Enter the I C E S (Picture-Belief - Emotion - Feeling Body). And Scales of SUD and VOC • Recognition and tolerance of emotions • Phase desensitization. The difference with adults. • How to identify and overcome: ab-reactions - blocks - the risk of dissociation • Ways to set up and amplify the belief positive. • How to logout in the distant ages and situations • Importance of monitoring or reassessment with the help of parents.

Keywords: Children  Family  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

319. Gonzalez, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012). Trabajo con patrones de autocuidado: Un procedimiento estructurado para la terapia EMDR [Working with self-care patterns: A structured procedure for EMDR therapy] . Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 4(2), [11 pages].

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract:
El concepto de autocuidado ha sido desarrollado por Gonzalez y Mosquera (Mosquera, 2004; González 2007; Mosquera & Gonzalez, 2011; Gonzalez & Mosquera, 2012) para describir el modo en el que un individuo se cuida a sí mismo en distintas áreas funcionales. Este artículo presenta un procedimiento estructurado para trabajar con patrones de autocuidado como parte de la fase de preparación en terapia EMDR. Diseñado inicialmente para trabajar con trauma complejo y disociación, puede ser empleado en diferentes problemas clínicos. Este protocolo debe ser usado únicamente por terapeutas EMDR acreditados, ya que requiere un sólido conocimiento del trabajo con EMDR.

Self-care is a concept developed by Gonzalez and Mosquera (Mosquera, 2004; González 2007; Mosquera & Gonzalez, 2011; Gonzalez & Mosquera, 2012) to describe the way in that an individual takes care of her or himself in different areas of functioning. This article presents a structured procedure for working with self-care patterns as part of the preparation phase in EMDR therapy. Initially designed for working with complex trauma and dissociation, it can be used in different clinical problems. This protocol should be only used by accredited EMDR therapists, since it requires a solid knowledge on EMDR.

Keywords: Self-Care  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

320. Coste, L. (2007, Juin). Traitement EMDR d'une anorexie dan le cadre d'une thérapie globale et familiale [EMDR treatment of anorexia dangerous part of a comprehensive therapy and family]. Affiche présentée à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Voici le cadre du traitement d’une anorexie chez une adolescente, Annie, 13 ans. Le traitement a duré 10 mois.
Annie est née cinq ans après une demi-soeur, Joanna, 18 ans. Joana n’a pas même père. Le père d’Annie a accepté l’adoption.
Le père, d’Annie, la mère, Annie et Joana vivent sous le même toit. Annie entre difficilement dans l’adolecence, alors que Joana s’exhibe depuis quelques mois avec son compagnon dans la chambre contiguë de celle d’Annie. Les rapports sexuels particiliers sont utilises par Joana à la fois comme instrument de vengeiance envers sa demi-soeur, et encore pour attirer l’attention de des parents sa problématique liée à son arrive dans la famille.
Joana souhaite ainsi impliquer et irriter houte la famille pour résoudre un conflit interne.
Elle réussit à persécuter Annie qui entre dans une phase aiguë de régression avec le souhait de se fonder en sa mère, au point de devoir dormer à ses côtés. Annie développe progressive une depersonalization. Pour autant, Joans ne tente as de s’approprier sin beau-père: au contraite, elle le rejette d’autant plue qu’elle se rend très souvent sur les lieux de père-géniteur dont a elle retrouvé les traces.
Cette situation culpabilise a posteriori un beau-père qui estime avoir éléve sa belle-fille avec amour. Sa position de chef de famille est remise en cause. La situation culpabilise également la mère qui avait pourtant choisi de garder Joana plutôt que d’avorter. Joana gignote de jour en our le territoire de sa dem-soeur sans poor autant vouloir continuer à s’insérer dans cette famille.
Le traitement préconisé sera:
- dans un premier temps, d’enrayer rapidement la dénutrition d’Annie par traitement EMDR (cogntions autour de l’estime de soi) puis traitement d’une peur de mourir (cognitions liées à la sécurité/survie), suivi du choix de “réussiré (congitions liées à la possibilité de contrôle).
- de suivre en alternance les parents, Annie et Joana;
- dans un second temps, de suivre Annie et Joana;
- dans un troisième temps de traiter par EMDR quelques peurs chez Joana et abaisser son irritation en famille, puis preparer son depart.
- Séance après séance, Annie se réappropriera son corps grâce à un imagination et une activité onirique du veille mises au service de la guérison. Annie parviendra finalement à croire en la possibilité de “réussir” sa vie.

Here the treatment of anorexia in a teen, Annie, 13. The treatment lasted 10 months.
Annie was born five years after a half-sister, Joanna, 18. Joana has not even father. Annie's father accepted the adoption.
The father of Annie, mother, Annie and Joana live under the same roof. Annie easily into the adolecents, while Joana showing off for several months with his companion in the room next to that of Annie. Sex particiliers are used by Joana both as an instrument of vengeiance to his half-sister, and again to draw the attention of his parents' problems related to his arrival in the family.
Joana hopes to involve and irritate houte family to resolve an internal conflict.
She managed to persecute Annie enters a critical phase of regression with the desire to rely on his mother, to the point of having to sleep on his side. Annie develops a gradual depersonalization. However, no attempts have Joans sin to appropriate father-to Constrain, she rejects all Plue it goes very often on-site parent whose father she has found the traces.
This guilty post a stepfather who feels his pupil step-daughter with love. His position as head of family is challenged. The situation also blames the mother who nevertheless chose to keep rather than abort Joana. Joana gignote from day o the territory of its dem-sister without all the poor would continue to fit into this family.
The recommended treatment is:
- Initially, to stem the rapid wasting of Annie by EMDR treatment (cogntions around self-esteem) and subsequent treatment of a fear of dying (cognitions related to safety / survival), followed by the choice of "réussiré (congitions related to the possibility of control).
- Follow-linked parents, Annie and Joana;
- A second time, Annie and follow Joana;
- A third time to deal with some fears among EMDR Joana and lowering his irritation with the family, then prepare his departure.
- Session after session, Annie reclaim his body with an active imagination and dream of a day in the service of healing. Annie finally succeed to believe in the possibility of "successful" life.

Keywords: Anorexia  Eating Disorders  Family  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

321. Marr, J. (2013). Traitement EMDR du trouble obsessionnel compulsif: Etude préliminaire [EMDR treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder: Preliminary research]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 29E-43E. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.E29.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Cet article rapporte les résultats de deux expériences qui examinent chacune un protocole EMDR (désensibilisation et retraitement par les mouvements oculaires) différent pour le trouble obsessionnel-compulsif (TOC), chacune avec deux jeunes participants masculins adultes présentant un TOC sans rémission de longue date. Deux adaptations du protocole pour la phobie de Shapiro (2001) ont été développées à partir de la perspective théorique selon laquelle le TOC est un trouble qui s’autoperpétue, avec des compulsions et des obsessions TOC ainsi que des déclencheurs présents qui renforcent et maintiennent le trouble. Les deux adaptations commencent par viser les obsessions et compulsions actuelles, plutôt que de travailler sur des souvenirs passés ; l’une des stratégies retarde la phase d’installation cognitive tandis que l’autre utilise la lecture mentale d’une vidéo dans la désensibilisation des déclencheurs. Les quatre participants ont bénéficié de 14–16 séances d’une heure, sans tâche à effectuer entre les rendez-vous. Ils ont été évalués à l’aide de l’Echelle obsessionnelle compulsive de Yale-Brown (Yale- Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale [Y-BOCS]), avec des scores lors du prétraitement dans la gamme extrême (moyenne 5 35,3). Une amélioration des symptômes était rapportée par les participants après 2 ou 3 séances. Les scores lors du post-traitement étaient dans la gamme infraclinique/légère pour tous les participants (moyenne 5 8,5). Des évaluations de suivi ont été réalisées après 4–6 mois, indiquant le maintien des effets thérapeutiques (moyenne 5 7,5). La diminution des symptômes était de 70,4% lors du post-traitement et de 76,1% lors du suivi pour le protocole EMDR adapté pour les phobies et de 81,4% lors du post-traitement et du suivi pour le protocole EMDR adapté pour les phobies avec lecture vidéo. Les implications théoriques sont examinées et des recherches futures sont recommandées.

This article reports the results of two experiments, each investigating a different eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and each with two young adult male participants with long-standing unremitting OCD. Two adaptations of Shapiro’s (2001) phobia protocol were developed, based on the theoretical view that OCD is a self-perpetuating disorder, with OCD compulsions and obsessions and current triggers reinforcing and maintaining the disorder. Both adaptations begin by addressing current obsessions and compulsions, instead of working on past memories; one strategy delays the cognitive installation phase; the other uses mental video playback in the desensitization of triggers. The four participants received 14–16 one-hour sessions, with no assigned homework. They were assessed with the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y-BOCS), with scores at pretreatment in the extreme range (mean 5 35.3). Symptom improvement was reported by participants after 2 or 3 sessions. Scores at posttreatment were in the subclinical/mild range for all participants (mean 5 8.5). Follow-up assessments were conducted at 4–6 months, indicating maintenance of treatment effects (mean 5 7.5). Symptom reduction was 70.4% at posttreatment and 76.1% at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol and 81.4% at posttreatment and at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback. Theoretical implications are discussed, and future research is recommended.

Keywords: Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol  Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback  OCD  Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder  Treatment Outcome Research  

Accuracy Verified: No

322. Lievegoed, R., & Seubert, A. (2004, June). Trauma and beyond: EMDR in the treatment of traumatized clients with mental retardation (MH/MR diagnosis). In children and EMDR (J. Morris-Smith, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades, clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioral therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population, Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population.
EMDR< given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. Anecdotal case presentations with mental retarded clients, corroborated by both client report and by clinical observation. In all cases, therapeutic gains remained intact after treatment.
This presentation will introduce a “phase model” of trauma treatment for this population and will demonstrate were EMDR would be most effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients.

Keywords: Children  Developmentally Disabled  Dually Diagnosed (MH/MR)  Mental Retardation  Symposium  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

323. Pupulin, P. (2008, Novembre). Trauma ed EMDR nei pazienti oncologici [Trauma and EMDR in cancer patients]. Presentazione al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
L’intensità delle reazioni individuali quando viene comunicata una diagnosi di tumore può avere accenti diversi ma, generalmente, alla comunicazione della diagnosi si apre una prima fase psicologica caratterizzata da uno stato di shock per una notizia appresa come una catastrofe. Il momento della diagnosi può rappresentare uno shock traumatico perché, da un istante all’altro, la persona si trova di fronte ad una condizione di minaccia alla propria vita. I sintomi che si presentano sono gli stessi dei Disturbi Post traumatici da Stress. Nel corso del workshop verranno presentate le modalità efficaci di trattamento con l’approccio EMDR. Il primo obiettivo da stabilire con il paziente è il seguente: trasformare il suo ruolo da vittima di eventi incontrollabili (malattia vissuta come una condanna che viene dall’alto) a protagonista attivo della propria vita (farò tutto il possibile per vincere la malattia). Un altro obiettivo importante è quello di risolvere i sintomi relativi al PTSD. Al termine del trattamento EMDR, il paziente si trova non più bloccato al momento della diagnosi e della paura di non farcela, ma con un atteggiamento più consapevole e più forte associato alla sensazione di potercela fare. Oltre che per il trauma della diagnosi, l’EMDR si può utilizzare in modo molto efficace per rielaborare anche altri nodi traumatici che i pazienti possono manifestare: 1. la paura di fare la stessa fine dell’amica/parente malata di cancro, ora deceduta; 2. la paura di guardarsi allo specchio e vedere un corpo mutilato o disgustoso; 3. l’ansia di seguire i trattamenti post-operatori e le loro conseguenze (chemioterapia, radioterapia); 4. l’ansia, che tende ad affacciarsi alla fine di questo lungo percorso, della recidiva. L’EMDR viene applicato sui ricordi dei momenti più traumatici, sulla situazioni attuali che causano ansia e disagio e su quelle future che creano ansia anticipatoria e angoscia. Il trauma della diagnosi di cancro quindi deve essere affrontato per primo, per evitare che il paziente si ritrovi costantemente bloccato a pensare all’idea della morte. In questo modo si può facilitare e favorire il processo che porterà ad intraprendere la via della guarigione.

The intensity of individual reactions notified when a diagnosis of cancer can have different accents but, generally, the communication of the diagnosis opens a first phase characterized by a state of psychological shock to the news learned as a catastrophe. The time of diagnosis can be a traumatic shock because, from one moment to another, the person is faced with a condition of threat to their lives. The symptoms that occur are the same as post-traumatic stress disorders. The workshop will discuss the effective ways to approach treatment with EMDR. The first objective to establish the patient is as follows: to transform its role from being a victim of uncontrollable events (illness experienced as a conviction that comes from) to an active player of his life (I will do everything possible to cure disease). Another important objective is to resolve symptoms related to PTSD. After treatment, EMDR, the patient is no longer blocked at diagnosis and the fear of not succeeding, but with a more aware and stronger associated with the feeling that I can do. In addition to the trauma of diagnosis, EMDR can be used very effectively to reprocess other traumatic knots that patients may experience: 1. fear of the same fate of his friend / relative suffering from cancer, now deceased; 2. fear of looking in the mirror and see a mutilated body or disgusting; 3. anxiety to follow post-operative treatments and their consequences (chemotherapy, radiotherapy); 4. anxiety, which tends to appear at the end of this long path of recidivism. EMDR is applied on the memories of the most traumatic, the actual situations that cause anxiety and unease over future that create anxiety and anticipatory anxiety. The trauma of cancer diagnosis therefore must be addressed first, so that the patient constantly find yourself stuck to think the idea of death. In this way we can facilitate and encourage the process leading to take the path of healing.

Keywords: Cancer  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

324. Paola, P. (2008, Novembre). Trauma ed EMDR nei pazienti oncologici [Trauma and EMDR in patients with cancer]. Presentazione al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
L’intensità delle reazioni individuali quando viene comunicata una diagnosi di tumore può avere accenti diversi ma, generalmente, alla comunicazione della diagnosi si apre una prima fase psicologica caratterizzata da uno stato di shock per una notizia appresa come una catastrofe. Il momento della diagnosi può rappresentare uno shock traumatico perché, da un istante all’altro, la persona si trova di fronte ad una condizione di minaccia alla propria vita. I sintomi che si presentano sono gli stessi dei Disturbi Post traumatici da Stress. Nel corso del workshop verranno presentate le modalità efficaci di trattamento con l’approccio EMDR. Il primo obiettivo da stabilire con il paziente è il seguente: trasformare il suo ruolo da vittima di eventi incontrollabili (malattia vissuta come una condanna che viene dall’alto) a protagonista attivo della propria vita (farò tutto il possibile per vincere la malattia). Un altro obiettivo importante è quello di risolvere i sintomi relativi al PTSD. Al termine del trattamento EMDR, il paziente si trova non più bloccato al momento della diagnosi e della paura di non farcela, ma con un atteggiamento più consapevole e più forte associato alla sensazione di potercela fare. Oltre che per il trauma della diagnosi, l’EMDR si può utilizzare in modo molto efficace per rielaborare anche altri nodi traumatici che i pazienti possono manifestare: 1. la paura di fare la stessa fine dell’amica/parente malata di cancro, ora deceduta; 2. la paura di guardarsi allo specchio e vedere un corpo mutilato o disgustoso; 3. l’ansia di seguire i trattamenti post-operatori e le loro conseguenze (chemioterapia, radioterapia); 4. l’ansia, che tende ad affacciarsi alla fine di questo lungo percorso, della recidiva. L’EMDR viene applicato sui ricordi dei momenti più traumatici, sulla situazioni attuali che causano ansia e disagio e su quelle future che creano ansia anticipatoria e angoscia.

The intensity of individual reactions will be notified when a diagnosis of cancer can have different accents but, generally, the communication of the diagnosis opens a first phase characterized by a psychological state of shock for information acquired as a catastrophe. The time of diagnosis can be a traumatic shock because, from one moment to another, the person is faced with a condition of threat to their lives. The symptoms that occur are the same as Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. The workshop will discuss the effective ways to approach treatment with EMDR. The first objective to determine the patient is as follows: to transform its role from being a victim of uncontrollable events (illness experienced as a conviction that comes from) to an active player of his life (I will do everything possible to cure disease). Another important objective is to resolve the symptoms related to PTSD. After treatment, EMDR, the patient is no longer locked at the time of diagnosis and the fear of not succeeding, but with a more conscious and more associated with the strong feeling we can do it. In addition to the trauma of diagnosis, EMDR can be used very effectively in other nodes to reprocess traumatic patients may experience: 1. the fear of the same fate of his friend / relative suffering from cancer, now deceased; 2. fear of looking in the mirror and see a mutilated body or disgusting; 3. anxiety to follow post-operative treatments and their consequences (chemotherapy, radiotherapy); 4. anxiety, which tends to appear at the end of this long process of relapse. EMDR is applied on the memories of the most traumatic, the actual situations that cause anxiety and unease about future ones that create anxiety and anticipatory anxiety.

Keywords: Cancer  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: No

325. de Roos, C., & van Rood, Y. R. (2011, August-September). Trauma treatment (EMDR) as part of CBT for body dysmorphic disorder. In Case conceptualization and treatment of body dysmorphic disorder. Symposium conducted at the 41st EABCT annual congress, Reykjavík, Iceland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a widely used and acknowledged treatment modality for PTSD but is still in its experimental phase for other disorders, such as BDD. With EMDR, the vividness and emotionality of unpleasant mental representations, which resulted from one or more traumatic events can be, reduced (Günter & Bodner, 2008). BDD patients often report traumatic events preceding the development of BDD and intrusive images referring to these events (Osman, et al., 2004). Brown et al., (1997) were the first to treat BDD patients for their traumas, using EMDR. The results of their case series were promising but lacked a theoretical base. The learning theoretical model of BDD provides a strong base for the selection of interventions for individual patients and the application of EMDR. This presentation outlines how to select the essential target memories for EMDR treatment in BDD patients. One way is to order etiological and/or aggravating events meaningfully on a time line and select those memories for processing which preceded an increase in BDD symptoms. The other way is to select targets related tot anxious expectations and avoidance behaviour. Video fragments illustrate the EMDR process in a BDD patient.

Keywords: Body Dysmorphic Disorder  CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

326. Greenwald, R., Stain, M., Allen, R., Azubuike, A., & Borgen, R. (2004, November). Trauma-informed treatment for incarcerated youth: A controlled study. Presentation at the 20th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The current study examined client self-perception of change in posttraumatic stress symptoms during and after treatment in three treatment conditions: psychopharmacology (fluoxetine), an exposure-based psychotherapeutic treatment (EMDR), and a pill placebo. Subjects were 88 patients with mixed-trauma exposure and primarily chronic trauma response. Subjects completed the Davidson Trauma Scale (DTS) prior to beginning treatment, during the treatment phase, and during follow-up. In all conditions, selfreported symptoms of posttraumatic stress decreased during the treatment phase. After treatment, average DTS score for subjects in the therapy condition continued to decrease, while mean score for subjects who received pharmacological treatment increased slightly. Two months after termination of treatment, the average DTS score was 21 for the EMDR condition and 43 for the fluoxetine condition. Results revealed that subjects perceived themselves as improving steadily during the course of treatment, regardless of treatment condition. These results support the idea that there are non-specific factors in therapy (perhaps including factors such as instillation of hope, treatment expectations, and empathy) that lead to self-perceived improvement in symptoms. However, maintenance of perceived gains did appear to favor exposure-based therapy as a treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Incareration  Trauma  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

327. Greenwald, R. (2006, September). A trauma-informed treatment model for practice and consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is both a trauma resolution method and a comprehensive phase model of trauma treatment. EMDR training has typically focused primarily on the trauma resolution method (phases 3-7 of the protocol), with only passing mention of the rest of the treatment approach. This leaves many EMDR trained clinicians unsure how to identify clients for whom EMDR may be appropriate, how to prepare their clients adequately for EMDR, and how to identify appropriate targets(and target order) for EMDR. In this workshop participants will learn, and practice, how to conceptualize a case from a trauma perspective, so that the clients' presenting problems can be directly related to the clients trauma/loss history. Participants will learn, and practice, explaining this to their clients, so they can develop a treatment plan (including EMDR) accordingly. Participants will learn a phase model of trauma treatment that is consistent with EMDR while providing more detailed guidance in phases 1,2, and 8 of the EMDR protocol. Participants will learn a systematic approach to preparing clients for EMDR. Participants will also learn, and practice, applying this model in asystematic way to problem-solving their own challenging cases, as well as to supervision and consultation.

Keywords: Consultation  Practice  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

328. Loibl, B. (2009). Traumatherapeutische elemente in der akutphase - Der ansatz des eye movement dezensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)...[Trauma therapeutic elements in the acute phase - The approach of the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)...] . In B. Loibl, Psychische Traumatisierungsprozesse beim Grundschulkind nach Elternsuizid: Ursachen, Warnsignale, Akutmassnahmen [Mental traumatisation the primary school child to parent suicide: causes, warning signs, acute measures] (pp. 70-78), Protestant University of Applied Sciences Dresden, GRIN Verlag für Akademische Texte.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In der vorliegenden Arbeit geht es im Nähren um die Darstellung dreier Sachverhalte. Zum einen soll das elternbezogenen Bindungsgefüge beleuchtet werden, welches konstitutiv einen Einfluss auf die gesunde biopsychosoziale Entwicklung eines Kindes nimmt. Die irreversible Auflösung dieser fundamentalen Beziehung beansprucht weiterhin die Erörterung des kindlichen Verlusterlebens und des daraus resultierenden physischen, psychischen und sozialen Gefährdungspotenzials. Dahingehend wird besonders eine Betrachtung hinsichtlich der emotionalen Schemata des Trauerns relevant sowie gegenüber den damit korrespondierenten Phänomen der psychischen Traumatisierung. Letztlich wird es von Bedeutung sein, Hilfeinterventionen zu beleuchten, die einer Gefährdung des Kindes entgegenwirken. Da meine berufliche Handlungsfähigkeit im Arbeitsfeld der Notfallversorgung verankert ist, möchte ich diesbezüglich nach der Möglichkeit von Sofortmassnahmen suchen, die unmittelbar nach dem Verlusterlebnis eingeleitet werden können. Hinsichtlich dieser Betrachtungsweise lassen sich zwei thematische Fragestellungen formulieren. (1) Welche Relevanz übt eine Eltern-Kind-Beziehung auf die kindliche Entwicklung aus und inwieweit leitet ihre Auflösung, im Kontext eines Eltersuizides, eine mögliche trauma-basierende, psychopathologische Störung des Kindes ein? (2) Welche Massnahmen der kindlichen Akutbetreuung lassen einen adäquaten Beitrag zur kognitiven und emotionalen Rehabilitierung des Kindes versprechen?

In the present work is in nurturing the image of three issues. On the one hand, the parents moved into bond structures are illuminated, which constitutively takes a biopsychosocial influence on the healthy development of a child. The irreversible resolution of this fundamental relationship claims continue to discuss the child's loss experience and the resulting physical, mental and social potential hazard. To that effect, is a consideration particularly with regard to the emotional patterns of mourning and relevant in relation to the phenomenon of psychological trauma that korrespondierenten. Ultimately, it will be important to shed light on using interventions to counter the threat of the child. Since my professional capacity is rooted in the working field of emergency care, I would look in this regard to the possibility of immediate measures that can be initiated immediately after the loss experience. Regarding this approach can be formulated in two thematic issues. (1) What relevance exerts a parent-child relationship on child development and how far forward its resolution in a context of parental suicide, a possible trauma-based, psycho-pathological disorder of the child? (2) What measures of children's emergency care can be an adequate contribution to cognitive and emotional rehabilitation of the child's promise?

Keywords: Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

329. Forgash, C. A. (2006, September). Treating complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present an integrated approach to the treatment of clients diagnosed with complex trauma. Ego state work, somato-sensory work and EMDR are utilized to help such clients deal with dissociation, internal fragmentation, and disconnections, integrating these strategies in the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety focused therapeutic approach. Complex trauma victims enter therapy seeking help for PTSD, depression and anxiety. This workshop will help clinicians implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience first relief, then stability, and trauma processing. Learning objectives include the importance of including information in the history taking about fragmentation and dissociation: defining and selecting the appropriate ego state and somatosensory and affect management strategies to help such clients succcssfully process trauma with the EMDR protocol. This workshop will present case illustrations and slides. Handouts and an extensive bibliography will be provided.

Keywords: C-PTSD  Complex Posttraumtic Stress Disorder  Complex PSTD  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

330. Forgash, C. A. (2007, June). Treating complex trauma with integrated EMDR and ego state therapy. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the integration of EMDR and Ego State Work in the treatment of highly traumatized clients with complex diagnoses, including dissociative disorders and complex PTSD. People suffering with these problems often require an extensive preparation phase to develop a therapeutic relationship and deal with stabilization, affect regulation, dissociative symptoms and resistance. Integrating Ego state work with EMDR in this expanded protocol achieves more extensive goals than merely elimination of PTSD and dissociative symptoms Working from a position of empathy and understanding of the legacies of trauma, loss and attachment disruption, we help our patients resolve their critical issues and develop a blueprint for living. Clear theoretical basics, technical innovation and practical strategies for incorporating EMDR and Ego StateWork will be provided through lecture, demonstration, experiential work/practicum and case presentations. Participants will learn: 1. The relationship of Ego State Theory to the Adaptive Information Processing Model. 2. The rationale for an EMDR/Ego State Integrated Phased Treatment Model in the treatment of complex trauma. 4. Specific stabilization strategies to help clients manage dissociation and affect dysregulation throughout the treatment. 5. Advanced techniques and interweaves that promote resolution within the EMDR trauma processing phase.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Integrated Phased Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

331. Bergmann, U. (2008, June). Treating dissociation in the spectrum of personality disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of ego-state interweaves and/or extensive ego-state therapy (utilized in the preparation phase) and integrated into EMDR targeting (phases 3-7), in the treatment of personality disorders, has not received a great deal of attention at conference presentations or in the published media. This has led to minimal or nonresponsiveness in the EMDR treatment of personality disorders, since aspects of dissociation in these clients have not been addressed. In the past ten years, renown neuroscientists, such as Eric Kandel, Joseph LeDoux, Michael Gazzaniga and V.S. Ramachandran, in response to empirical findings in the fields of memory, neuromodularity, split-brain research and information processing, have begun to suggest that the “self” may very well be a collection of memories that are structured in a fragmented (neuromodular) multiplicity that is developmentally inherent. Ramachandran, LeDoux and Gazzaniga have, each, stated, explicitly, that the sense of a “cohesive and monolithic” self is an “illusion” created by areas in the left cerebral hemisphere. Accordingly, just as the EMDR standard protocol was adapted for recent traumatic events (in response to acute memory fragmentation), so must it be modified for inherent memory and personality fragmentation, by the use of extensive ego-state work (preparation) and ego-state-specific EMDR targeting (phases 3-7). The implementation of these techniques has shown a remarkable advance in the treatment of personality disorders, which had, previously, been rather impervious to EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation  Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

332. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2006, September). Treating eating disorders using EMDR and its variations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is a three-hour program designed for the EMDR professional who is interested in learning about using EMDR with clients with eating disorders. Attendees will receive updated, current treatment approaches, with the latest research on attachment and its impact on early brain development. The program will describe how early brain development relates to the development of eating disorders. Trauma's impact on the body will be reviewed. Trauma's impact on emotion regulation and the management of affect will be discussed. Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into a phase oriented treatment approach through the following techniques: Variations of EMDR for symptom reduction and stabilization in eating disorder treatment; Resource development for affect regulation; Identification of triggers and targets for standard EMDR protocol; Working with future templates for relapse prevention using EMDR.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

333. Marcus, S. (2010, June). Treating headaches with integrated EMDR [Behandeling van hoofdpijn met geïntegreerde EMDR]. Presentation at the Fourth Congress of the Association EMDR Netherlands, Nijmegen, the Nederlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An overview of the current standard treatments of headache. Participants train in Phase 1 (acute headache relief), Phase 2 (multi-session headache treatment) and 'Phase 3' (home treatment program for Patients after having had 35 successful full Phase 1 and Phase 2 treatments). Participants learn about the etiology of headache, taking a brief headache questionnaire, identification of headache triggers, the "headache threshold theory ', Dr. Marcus' migraine research, the Integrated EMDR protocol and are trained in applying the protocol in practice, informed consent, transfer issues and understanding the role of the executor of the treatment.

Een overzicht bieden van de huidige gangbare behandelingen van hoofdpijn. Deelnemers trainen in Phase 1 (acute headache relief), Phase 2 (multi-session headache treatment) en ‘Phase 3’ (home treatment program for patients after having had 35 succesfull Phase 1 and Phase 2 treatments). Deelnemers leren over de etiologie van hoofdpijn, het afnemen van een korte hoofdpijn vragenlijst, identificatie van hoofdpijntriggers, de ‘headache threshold theory’, Dr. Marcus’ migraine onderzoek, het ‘Integrated EMDR protocol’ en worden getraind in het toepassen van het protocol in de praktijk, informed consent, overdrachts issues en het begrijpen van de rol van de uitvoerder van de behandeling.

Keywords: Headaches  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

334. Puk, G. (2011, May). Treating highly traumatized clients with EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Advanced Clinical Applications Workshop, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients exhibiting chronic dissociative symptoms are among the most complicated patients to be treated in psychotherapy. Their treatment tends to be a multi-faceted approach of which EMDR is only one part, albeit, a very important component. The objective of this course is to assist the treating clinician in identifying the chronic dissociative patient, conceptualizing and implementing an effective treatment plan for the patient. This will include integrating the traditional three-stage model (stabilization, trauma work and integration) of working with patients with dissociative symptoms using the EMDR Eight Phase Treatment Model. Emphasis will be placed on stabilization and pacing the trauma work with individual patients. This workshop format will include lecture and presentation of clinical case material. Participants are encouraged to bring clinical cases to the workshop for discussion.
Workshop Objectives: Assess and identify clients presenting with dissociative symptoms; •Formulate case conceptualization, •Treatment planning to include EMDR based trauma processing, •Integrate the 8 phases of EMDR with traditional treatment for trauma, •Identify when clients with dissociative symptoms are ready for EMDR treatment, •Pace the treatment, shifting between stabilization trauma reprocessing and relational work, •Manage therapeutic complications that arise during treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

335. Muris, P., Merckelbach, H., Holdrinet, I., & Sijsenaar, M. (1998, February). Treating phobic children: Effects of EMDR versus exposure. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66(1), 193-198. doi:10.1037/0022-006X.66.1.193.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study examined the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and exposure in the treatment of a specific phobia. 26 spider phobic children were treated during 2 treatment phases. During the first phase, which lasted 2.5 hr, children were randomly assigned to either (a) an EMDR group (n = 9), (b) an exposure in vivo group (n = 9), or (c) a computerized exposure (control) group (n = 8). During the 2nd phase, all groups received a 1.5 hr session of exposure in vivo. Therapy outcome measures (i.e., self-reported fear and behavioral avoidance) were obtained before treatment, after Treatment Phase 1, and after Treatment Phase 2. Results showed that the 2.5 hr exposure in vivo sesson produced significant improvement on all outcome measures. In contrast, EMDR yielded a significant improvement on only self-reported spider fear. Computerized exposure produced nonsignficant improvement. Furthermore, no evidence was found to suggest that EMDR potentiates the efficacy of a subsequent exposure in vivo treatment. Exposure in vivo remains the treatment of choice for childhood spider phobia. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Empirical Study  Phobia  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

336. Whisman, M. (2000, May 6). Treatment of panic disorder with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on incorporating EMDR into the treatment of panic and phobia. Emphasis will be given to the preparation phase of EMDR: an educational model will be presented which is a necessary prerequisite to processing. A three-level approach to processing will be presented, targeting different cognitions and affect at each level. Level three includes the behavioral aspect of overcoming phobia avoidance. It is Whisman’s experience that a panic disorder can be its own origin (i.e., panic from on overdose of caffeine perpetuates itself because the client does not have the knowledge that s/he experienced a caffeine/adrenaline reaction, not symptoms of impending mental or physical catastrophe); however, panic and phobia can also be symptoms of underlying trauma, acute stress disorder, or PTSD. These distinctions will be discussed and relevant case material will be offered. Targeting, negative and positive cognitions, cognitive interweaves, and resource installation will be addressed as each level is discussed. A videotaped session will be shown: the client enters this session experiencing anxiety, dissociation, and trauma response. Clinical observation and client self-report are demonstrating that EMDR can be an effective treatment component for panic/phobia.

Keywords: Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

337. de Jongh, A. (2004, June). The treatment of phobias with EMDR: Principle, protocol, and procedure. Preconference presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Installation of Future Template: a. Ask the client to mentally progress in time to identify an image (stationary picture) of a situation which he considers as desired and in which he acts adequately (there should be no negative or catastrophic aspects in the picture or in client's behavioral response). This image should represent an 'optimal response' to the situation. b. Install an appropriate positive belief statement (i.e., "I can handle it") by bringing up the future image and keeping in mind the belief statement while engaging in sets of eye movements (like in the installation phase of the standard protocol). c. After each SEM check the VoC by asking:"As you hold that image in mind, how true do the words (state the PC "I can handle it") feel to you now on a scale from 1 to '7, where 1 represents "It feels completely false" and 7 represent "It feels completely true?". Clontinue as long as the client reports a strengthening of validity. d. Check client's self-efficacy with: "To what extent do you believe you are able to actually handle this situation?" and rate this using a VoC scale. Continue with installing the PC as long as the client reports a strengthening of his self-efficacy. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

338. Swatzyna, R. (1997). The treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder utilizing biofeedback relaxation training with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy. University of Texas, Arlington, TX. AAT 1387189.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study evaluates a protocol incorporating Biofeedback Assisted Relaxation (BAR) training with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Based on Everly & Benson's strategic metatherapeutic approach for PTSD, a tactical therapeutic protocol was developed with specific attention to both neurologic and psychologic arousal factors. A single-subject design (A-B-C) was utilized for the three PTSD experimental subjects. The A phase consisted of three baseline psychophysiological assessments; the B phase consisted of four BAR training sessions; and, the C phase consisted of four sessions of EMDR therapy. The study results indicate resolution of PTSD attained by all three subjects, and psychologic and neurologic desensitization accomplished. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: BFB  Biofeedback Training  Posttraumatic Stress Diosrder  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

339. van der Kolk, B. A., Hopper, J., Spinazzola, J., Blaustein, M., Hopper, E., & Simpson, W. (2003, October/November). Treatment outcome of fluoxetine vs. EMDR in PTSD. Symposium conducted (B. A. van der Kolk, Chair) at the 19th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treatment Outcome Studies of PTSD: This symposium presents three large carefully controlled treatment outcome studies using four different treatment modalities (CBT, EMDR, psychopharmacology and Cognitive Processing) and presents data on comparative efficacy, treatment responsiveness and resistance, effects on comorbidity, quality of life, and biological changes that accompany symptom improvement.

Treatment outcome of fluoxetine vs. EMDR in PTSD: This NIMH funded study compared the efficacy of two widely different treatment approaches for treating patients with PTSD: fluoxetine, which acts directly on biological systems (N=30), and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (N=30). There also was a pill placebo control group (N=30). We assessed subjects with a multi-modal biological and psychological assessment, in order to determine whether treatment efficacy is associated with changes: 1) social adjustment, 2) psychophysiological reactivity to personalized trauma scripts (heart rate and skin conductance), and 3) basal salivary cortisol. We also tracked the stability of symptom change for nine months following the cessation of active treatment. Preliminary results suggest that at the end of 8 weeks of treatment, there is a 30% improvement in the pill placebo condition, while both active treatments demonstrate additional symptom improvement, with EMDR being most effective for the treatment of acute PTSD, and Prozac for subjects with prolonged childhood histories of trauma. Clinically significant improvement in CAPS scores is accompanied by an increase in basal cortisol and improvement in social and occupational functioning. We will also present data on the differential rates of symptom change in the different PTSD symptom clusters between the two treatment groups during the nine months of follow- up after cessation of the acute treatment phase.

Keywords: Fluoxetine  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

340. Mosquera, D., Gonzalez, D., & Seijo, N. (2010, September/October). Understanding "dissociative language". Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In order to get a complete and comprehensive case conceptualization in Phase 1 of the EMDR protocol, it is important to explore dissociative symptomatology. In consultation a therapist often presents a “complex case” and this “complexity” has to do with dissociation. This presentation will show the many different ways dissociation can be manifested during EMDR sessions. Another goal is to give practical examples of interventions with dissociative patients during EMDR processing. Many examples of subtle manifestations (“dissociative language”) will be illustrated with video cases.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

341. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2010, June). Understanding dissociative language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In order to get a complete and comprehensive case conceptualization in Phase 1 of the EMDR protocol, it is important to explore dissociative symptomatology. But the cinicai picture of dissociation may be difficult to identify for inexperienced clinicians; some symptoms can be difficult to observe even for experienced therapist who haven't seen severe cases. in consultation we often find therapist who bring a 'complex case' for supervision and quite frequently this 'complexity' has to do with dissociation. Our goal with this presentation is to show the many different ways dissociation can be manifested during EMDR sessions. Another goal is to give practical examples of interventions with dissociative patients during EMDR processing. Many examples of subtle manifestations (what we call 'dissociative language') will be illustrated with video cases. Severely traumatized people don't communicate in a direct and clear way, they have their 'own language' and in order to understand the patient's inner world, we need to understand the silences, the somatic symptoms the subtle (and not so subtle) intrusions; all of these are frequent symptoms that the patient can't detect, understand or disclose to us (not directly). It is widely known that EMDR clinicians must be careful when dealing with dissociative patients; techniques that can be used during the stabilization phase have been developed for the treatment of dissociative disorders (Knipe, Forgash .......). These techniques are complementary to the basic protocols and are very useful but the problem arises when therapists are not able to identify and/or understand what we call the 'dissociative language'. We must keep in mind that most dissociative patients have grown in an early environment where their needs were not taken into account. Many never had the possibility to express their feelings openly. For this, it is important to focus and under^ stand the indirect, complex and ambivalent communication of these people especially during an EMDR session. The approach to these difficulties is not only a question of protocol modifications. but a complex learning from the therapist of the 'dissociative language'. Several examples from videos of therapy sessions and case descriptions will be presented.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

342. Seubert, A. (2010, September/October). The unforgiven: EMDR, ego state therapy, attachment repair and forgiveness in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore the presence of dissociation in clients with eating disorders, particularly anorexia nervosa. The approach employs an EMDR phase model, expanding the evaluation and preparation phases. Preparation presents a 4-step method of teaching emotional competence, attachment repair strategies, as well as the use of ego state therapy. Processing requires the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize after EMDR application to touchstone events. Self-forgiveness emerges as internal “parts” develop mutual compassion and support. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning.

Keywords: Attachment Repair  Eating Disorders  Ego State Therapy  Forgiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

343. Ferrie, R. (2012, April). The use of dreams in ego state and EMDR therapies for trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Today, the dreaming mind is understood to improve learning, organize novel solutions to problems from waking consciousness and, thus, creatively support survival. This function, of finding new creative solutions, is also observed in the desensitization phase four of the EMDR protocol and is a key component in Ego State Therapy (EST). Dreams appear to select targets from the client’s history, that are causing problems in current time. In addition, dreams may respond to interventions made during a therapeutic session, as if the dreaming mind were in a dialogue with the client and the therapist. This type of dream leads to a more creative dialogue in subsequent therapy. Repetitive nightmares are the dreaming signature of PTSD, and these too respond well to EMDR and rehearsed changes in imagery, including that of ego states and can result in improved sleep quality. Dreams can offer a resource figure in blocked therapy; demonstrate the validity of ego states and of ego state relationships. This presentation focuses on the use of dreams, in combination with EMDR, as well as EST, for clients suffering from post traumatic syndromes. A review of the literature will be given but primarily case studies and video material from actual sessions will shared.
Learning objectives: 1. Understand the neuroscience that underlies the present state ofknowledge of the dreaming mind/brain 2. Develop skill in using the language of the dreaming mind to improve interweaves and interventions in the course of therapy 3. Develop skills in carrying nightmares forward using EMDR and thus improving sleep quality 4. Formulate a script that explains to clients why dreams and the imagination are useful in therapy. 5. Participate in a practicum on the use of dreams.

Keywords: Dissociation  Dreams  Ego State Therapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

344. Suokas-Cunliffe, A., Matthess, H., & van der Hart, O. (2008, April). The use of EMDR and guided synthesis in the treatment of chronically traumatized patients. Proceedings of the 1st Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The treatment of traumatic memories in the therapy of chronically traumatized patients who have complex dissociative disorders needs careful preparation and the utmost care. The standard EMDR protocol is not sufficient for memory work with these patients, and can destabilize them. Thus, the therapist needs to have a good understanding of the dissociative personality structure that exists in these patients, including dissociative parts, their strengths and deficits, and their interrelationships. Using the framework of phase-oriented treatment and the theory of structural dissociation of the personality, this workshop will help participants understand essential preparatory work which has to be completed before working through traumatic memories with EMDR, and become more knowledgeable about using modified EMDR approaches to work with traumatic memories in these complicated cases. The theory of structural dissociation helps the therapist become aware of which dissociative parts of the personality (and their interrelationships) need to be included in the preparation phase, which deficits need to be recognized and treated, and which resources need to be developed for the treatment of traumatic memories to be successful. Attention is also given to a comparative approach, i.e., guided synthesis. Both approaches need largely the same preparation. A modified protocol of EMDR for complex dissociation will be presented. Videos of EMDR and guided synthesis will be shown in the workshop. Learning objectives: 1. Participants will be able to: Describe structural dissociation and why understanding of this phenomenon is needed for adequate treatment of traumatic memories. 2. Apply specific modified EMDR protocols for the treatment of traumatic memories in complex dissociation. 3. Describe the guided synthesis approach and how it differs from the EMDR approach.

Keywords: Guided Synthesis  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

345. Dellucci, H. (2011, December). The use of EMDR in the treatment of patients with complex dissociative disorders related to trauma. Presentation at the First European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Paris, France .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Today EMDR is widely recognized as one of the most effective therapies for simple trauma. But if people suffer from complex trauma, with dissociative disorder, EMDR, as it has been invented originally, becomes problematic. The therapist has then to develop his/her art in order to keep the therapeutic process ongoing. Numerous authors conceptualized many different ways of adapting the EMDR standard protocol for those apparently difficult clients. Here also, there is no consensus between therapists who are extremely cautious and take a lot of time before coming to the trauma confronting phase, and those who go earlier to desensitization and do further adaptations. Which are the risks ? How to adapt therapy to the sometimes chaotic life style of the person ? In which ways EMDR could be adapted to overcome this dilemma and be more efficient, even with those clients known as being difficult ?

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

346. Allemagne, K. L. (2009, August). The use of EMDR with treatment resistant patients suffering from chronic obsessive-compulsive disorder. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing Therapy in the treatment of trauma and stress is well documented (Shapiro, 2001). Since its inception, several studies documenting the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of other mental health issues has also been studied (Parnell, 2006). Bae, Kim, and Ahn’s, (2006) clinical case study demonstrates no success with the use of EMDR to treat patients that developed obsessive-compulsive disorder after being diagnosed with posttraumatic stress disorder. Their article suggests little research in support of the use of EMDR in the treatment of OCD. This presentation illustrates two case studies of men diagnosed with chronic OCD, and their inability to find relief from their symptoms from both pharmacological and psychotherapeutic interventions. The study illustrates the use of Parnell’s modified EMDR protocol with both patients, and the importance of identifying and resolving feeder memories. Patient A is a male who was diagnosed with OCD twenty years ago. He has received both psychotherapy and psychiatric services from a major university hospital since being diagnosed. Part of the obsessive thoughts include shouting obscenities at his congregation, committing violent acts towards members of the parish, and ultimately jumping over a choir railing with the goal of killing himself. Patient A began psychotherapy using the Parnell’s modified protocol of EMDR. The patient was able to tap into core (feeder) memories from childhood where he violated trust and confidence with a friend that had not been fully resolved. This also connected with security issues with his mother, which eventually were completely resolved through EMDR. The patient’s obsessive thoughts ceased. The patient has been free of these obsessive thoughts post therapy for one year. Patient B sought therapy for compulsive behaviors related to exposing himself to unsuspecting victims. Additionally, this patient also engaged in compulsive masturbation behaviors for eight to ten hours a day. His actions not only were psychologically distressing to him, but also causing him problems with the local authorities. Patient B had sought psychotherapy and psychiatric services in the past on several occasions, but with no improvement. Patient B demonstrated radical improvement using Parnell’s modified EMDR protocol. The patient identified feeder memories that were not initially discussed during the assessment phase. After successful processing, patient B has not engaged in any inappropriate sexual behaviors or compulsive masturbation for three months. While psychodynamic principles rooted in experiences of life are not novel or innovative in the practice of psychotherapy, often therapists will focus on reducing the problematic symptoms accompanying a diagnosis of OCD, without considering the full implication of prior experiences. Continuing advances in the application of EMDR with an ever expanding array of mental and emotional disorders requires researchers to consider the importance of identifying feeder memories as a possible source of problematic symptoms. These results offer promising techniques for EMDR therapists, and new avenues in research exploring the efficacy of EMDR and OCD. This presentation will illustrate the process involved in identifying feeder memories.

Keywords: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Poster  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Resistance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

347. Parnell, L. (1995, June). The use of imaginal and cognitive interweaves with sexual abuse survivors. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This hour and a half presentation addresses the use of cognitive and imaginal interweaves in the treatment of adult survivors of sexual abuse. The overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined including a variety of interweave interventions for use in the beginning, middle and end of EMDR sessions. In working with sexual abuse survivors with EMDR it is important to understand the issues commonly encountered in their treatment. These include issues of safety, trust, responsibility, choice/control, interpersonal relationships, body awareness and image, sexuality and self esteem. A sexual abuse assessment can be taken which includes information on the perpetrator(s), severity and frequency of abuse, type of abuse, age of onset of abuse, duration of abuse, disclosure and family response. Sexual abuse survivors present themselves in treatment in different ways. Some clients come to treatment remembering abuse and want to clear it with EMDR. Other clients come to treatment with no clear memories of incidents but have a "feeling" something happened to them and have symptoms of abuse. There are clients who have no clear memories but something has triggered flashbacks and nightmares of sexual abuse. Finally, there are clients who have no memory of abuse and come to therapy for another reason but uncover what they believe to be sexual abuse memories with EMDR. There are three phases of treatment in sexual abuse cases. In the beginning phase, a history is taken and there is the establishment of a trusting relationship. The client is prepared for EMDR. In the middle phase, there is the reprocessing and working through of traumatic memories and transference work. In the end phase of treatment there is integration of the information which has been uncovered and preparation for life outside of therapy. Interweaves can be utilized in the beginning, middle and end of EMDR sessions. In the beginning of individual EMDR sessions there is a check-in with clients to see how they have been doing during the week. What has come up for them in their dreams or daily life since the last session? Next there is the selection and development of targets for EMDR (body sensation, memory, flashback, symptom, dream, feeling, vague sense, negative cognition or drawing). A safe place is then established where the client can go at the beginning, middle or end of the session as needed. Along with the safe place an inner advisor or other inner resources can be contacted and developed for use in sessions. A connection with the client's inner child is important which can be done through the use of guided imagery, photographs and/or artwork. Instructions on how EMDR will be used are given with attention paid to issues of safety and control (they are in control, they can stop at any time, they can return to the safe place, they know the signal for stop). Negative and positive cognitions are established along with the EMDR protocol. In the middle of individual EMDR sessions there are commonly problems with looping or being "stuck." This seems to occur frequently with sexual abuse survivors because of the intensity of the trauma and because the child self is often frozen in time lacking access to the adult self's information. Ways to work with this include looking for the blocking beliefs (i.e., The perpetrator can hurt me), look for blocking images, and talking to the child part (what does he/she need?). Imaginal and cognitive interweaves can be used in a variety of different ways in the middle of EMDR sessions. Some of these include: imagining the adult self helping the child self in the traumatic scene, bringing in inner and outer resources for help (i.e., a powdl imaginary being, a strong loving fiend, the therapist, etc.), and reality check interweave where is the perpetrator now?, can helshe hurt you now?) It is also important to educate the child part that his or her feelings are normal, sexual feelings are normal etc. It can be helpful to ask the adult self to talk to the child self explaining things to the child. Another useful interweave is to have the adult self hold the perpetrator and allow the child to beat him or her up or have the adult self beat up the perpetrator allowing anger to be expressed safely. Asking clients if they would like to return to the safe place for a break can also be helpful if they are feeling too overwhelmed. There are a number of ways to end or close incomplete EMDR sessions. Often it will not be possible to completely clear a traumatic memory in a session or the memory worked on is completed but connected to a whole network of other traumatic events. For these cases there are a number of interweaves that can be used. Clients can be requested to have the adult self comfort the child self in the . safe place. The client can imagine putting the scary unfinished disturbance that has been uncovered in a file folder, box, safe, leave it in the therapist's office, etc. The client can return to the safe place where the child and adult selves can play together. The adult can comfort the child or do whatever is needed to create safety and containment. Clients can imagine their child self being held by protector figures repeating cognitions related to safety, responsibility and choice. They can also be asked what they learned from the session, installing their response with eye movements. It is helpful to give homework to clients such as journaling, artwork, walks in nature, meditation, stress reduction, group work, exercise, nutritious diet, and restriction of drugs and alcohol. Loving Kindness or Metta Meditation is another very helpful tool for teaching self soothihg to adult survivors of sexual abuse.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Imaginal Interweave  Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

348. Kutz, I. (2007, June). The use of single session EMDR protocol in acute stress syndromes (ASS). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop provides novel concepts regarding the nature of Acute Stress Syndromes following research in Israel. The use of a single session, modified protocol for EMDR in ASS is described, following terror attacks, motor vehicle accidents, and the war with Lebanon. The following themes will be covered in the workshop.
Part one: Novel approaches to Acute Stress Syndromes – Redefining the time axis of SS; the diagnosis of Immediate; Acute Stress Reaction (ASR) and Prediction of Risk Vulnerability: A novel assessment tool; a review of Acute Post Traumatic Stress Syndromes and how they differ from chronic PTSD; the characteristics of intrusive phenomena in ASS; and a phase oriented intervention model for ASS.
Part Two: EMDR in ASS – A brief review regarding the nature of EMDR and PTSD; the modified brief EMDR Protocol; the use of a single session EMDR in ASS – in a GH practice, during terror attacks and following war situations; clinical demonstrations of a single session EMDR in ASS patients (video movies); indications, advantages and precautions using the single session EMDR intervention; and possible psycho-physiological mechanisms.

Keywords: Acute Stress Syndrome  Early Intervention  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

349. Ross, C., & Rouanzoin, C. (2012, October). Uses of EMDR in complex dissociative disorders. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be used in the treatment of complex dissociative disorders. Both presenters have been treating dissociative disorders for decades and one is an approved EMDR trainer. This workshop will not include instruction on specific techniques: these can be learned from approved EMDR trainings which require six full days of workshop teaching, assigned readings, and 10 hours of supervision. Instead, the presenters will explain how EMDR is based on a trauma-dissociation model and is therefore highly suited to the treatment of complex dissociative disorders including DID. A brief description of EMDR will be provided, including its 8 phases, of which only one involves eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR is consistent with three-stage models of trauma therapy: the eye movements are used in stage two, the active working phase of therapy. In EMDR this is called Phase 4. The work in trauma stage one (EMDR phases 1-3), in patients with DID or DDNOS, involves grounding, stabilization, system mapping, building co-consciousness, orientation of parts to the body and the present, and other elements from the dissociative disorders literature. The bilateral stimulation phase of EMDR should not be used until this phase one work is complete, or at least well underway. The presenters will then go on to provide case examples of how EMDR can be used in the psychotherapy of DID, DDNOS and the complex comorbidity that usually accompanies both.
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe how EMDR can be used in complex dissociative disorders. Participants will be able to describe how EMDR is based on a trauma-dissociation model of mental disorders and addictions. Participants will be able to describe the basic feaures of EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

350. North, T. C. (1999). Uses of EMDR with high performance issues: Classic and modified protocols. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a psychotherapy and sport psychology technique that allows fears and traumas to be resolved and belief systems reframed at both the conscious and unconscious levels. This presentation will introduce a framework for when and how to combine work at the conscious level using cognitive behavioral techniques and in-depth techniques that work with the unconscious mind like EMDR. The preliminary and intervention phases of a high performance sport psychology framework will be discussed. The preliminary phase defines the athletes concerns. It includes a performance assessment of mental, physical, and technical aspects of performance. The assessment information is used to outline intervention goals and build rapport with the athlete. Interventions have two paths. One is cognitive behavioral; the second is working with the preconscious or unconscious mind to resolve fears or traumas and reframe belief systems. In the first path, the intervention systematically progresses, using cognitive behavioral techniques, until either the performance blocks are resolved, or the desired changes do not occur. In the case of the latter, the second (deeper) path is suggested. For those who are not, suggestions for collaborating with an individual trained in EMDR will be provided.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Issues  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

351. Reis, P., & Tu, A. (2012, November). Using elements of EMDR in a school setting to help children deal with the impact trauma and negative experiences. Presentation at the OASW School Social Work 25th Annual Symposium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR Techniques - Self-control techniques are used in the preparation phase of EMDR therapy, increasing access to positive memory networks. This is essential for keeping client within the emotional window of tolerance during processing. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Children  School  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: No

352. Rost, C. (2005, June). Using EMDR during the stabilization phase for patients with complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation offers a systematic approach for the treatment of patients with complex traumatization. The first step involves assessing the severity of the illness, using Babette Rothchild's trauma classification. A variety of techniques will then be introduced, all of which have recently been successfully combined with bipolar EMDR stimulation, and which serve to increase stability and resources ["a safe place", Forgash's body sensation resource, working with the inner child, Popkin's "position of power", Hofmann's absorption routine, the CIPOS-technique developed by Knipe and Forgash, etc.]. The lecture closes with a survey of methods useful for fractioning trauma in EMDR.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

353. Groenendijk, M. (2008, June). Using EMDR in trauma work with a patient with a dissociative identity disorder (DID). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful technique for helping people overcoming their traumas. However, most of the clinical practice as well as the research has been focussed on type 1 trauma and simple PTSD. Gradually the field is expanding to complex chronic traumatisation and dissociative problems. In this workshop I will share our first experiences in this challenging field. I will start with information about “the state of the art” treatment of DID. Then I will present a case of an older woman with DID who was treated in a residential psychotherapeutic setting. This is followed by a video-demonstration of EMDR with this DID-patient during a period of trauma work. After reporting on the process and outcome of this therapy, the conclusion will be that EMDR can be effective for dissociative patients suffering from early chronic severe and complex traumatisation if several specific criteria are met. These criteria are about conceptualization according to the model of structural dissociation, about indication, timing, and preparation of the EMDR-sessions, about adaptation of the protocol, and about integration of EMDR in the broader phase-oriented “state of the art” treatment of DID. At the end there will be time for discussion and questions.

Keywords: DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

354. Groenendijk, M. (2008, April). Using EMDR in trauma work with a patient with a dissociative identity disorder: A Dutch example. Presentation at the European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful technique for helping people overcoming their traumas. However, most of the clinical practice as well as the research have been focused on type 1 trauma and simple PTSD. Gradually the field is expanding to complex chronic traumatization and dissociative problems. In this case presentation I will share our first experiences in this challenging field. The case is about an older woman with DID who was treated in a residential psychotherapeutic setting. This is followed by a brief video-demonstration of EMDR with this DID-patient during a period of trauma work. After reporting on the process and outcome of this therapy, the conclusion will be that EMDR can be effective for dissociative patients suffering from early chronic severe and complex traumatization if several specific criteria are met. These criteria are about conceptualization according to the model of structural dissociation, about indication, timing, and preparation of the EMDR-sessions, about adaptation of the protocol, and about integration of EMDR in the broader phase-oriented state-of-the-art treatment of DID. Learning objectives: 1. Witnessing the effect of EMDR. 2. Recognizing the clinical features of DID. 3. Encouraging therapists to indicate EMDR for complex trauma (under specific conditions).

Keywords: DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

355. Knipe, J. (2006, June). Using EMDR with substance addictions and with behavior problems that have an addictive pattern. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.

Keywords: Addictions  Substance Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

356. Britt, V., Bender, S. S., & Diepold, J. (2009, August). Using energy psychology to address inability to maintain dual attention focus in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The AIP model requires a dual focus with patient’s attention on the traumatic memory concomitant with an awareness of the present moment. Despite an intensive EMDR preparation phase, some patients lack the resources to tolerate the desensitization phase and are unable to achieve or maintain dual attention during the bilateral stimulation. In this workshop, we will teach techniques from the emerging field of energy psychology, such as polarity corrections and touch and breathe, which provide additional tools for the EMDR process and expand therapists’ strategies for assisting patients who are dissociative, fearful, abreactive or have limited self-regulatory skills.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

357. Kreitzberg, J. (2011). Using magneto encephalography to determine the therapeutic efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD. Symposium presented at the Annual Linfield College Science Symposium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a condition that can be produced by traumatic experiences. A new study has shown that a brain scan called magneto encephalography (MEG) can identify people who have PTSD with an accuracy of 95%. Sensors measure tiny magnetic fields generated by currents flowing in and around neurons. In addition they have recently stated in the Journal of Neural Engineering that they can now watch the brain as it experiences PTSD. Imaging shows that the brain becomes hyperactive in the right temporal lobe, the location responsible for memory. Besides diagnosing PTSD, the researchers also are able to judge the severity of how much patients are suffering. Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was designed in 1987 as a treatment for PTSD. EMDR is a structured eight-phase therapy that allows for adequate reprocessing of dysfunctionally stored memory. In the processing phases the client attends to the disturbing memory in brief intervals of 15-30 seconds while also experiencing bilateral stimulation (eye movements, tones or tapping). The eight phases integrate effective elements of psychodynamic, imaginal exposure, cognitive therapy, interpersonal, experiential, physiological and somatic therapies. Now that we can locate specific biomarkers for PTSD using MEG, my hypothesis is that we will find a statistically significant difference between the control group and the group that has EMDR treatment, and that EMDR will be shown to be effective in resolving PTSD as measured by pre and post therapy MEG scans. Also using the MEG, we may be able to observe those brain actions responsible for the therapeutic efficacy of EMDR and isolate which components of EMDR trigger those brain actions. The significance of finding the answer to these questions could potentially help millions of people overcome years of suffering from psychological pain due to the after effects of severe trauma and restore them to productive lives. It could establish the status of EMDR, assisting in the decision of whether it should be listed among the evidence-based, best-practice therapy modalities and covered by insurance. Also knowing the underlying pathophysiology could contribute to the evolution, revision and refinement of diagnostic constructs for PTSD.

Keywords: Efficacy  Magneto Encephalography  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

358. Reddermann, L. (2002, May). Using resources effectively - A new view on EMDR phase 2. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

359. Dworkin, M. (2008, June). Using the therapeutic relationship in EMDR with patients with complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Now that the therapeutic relationship is firmly part of EMDR, it is time to show its uses with difficult populations. Skilful emphasis on empathic attunement beginning in the history taking phase with emphasis on using the Procedural Steps Outline diagnostically, and Light stream as an affect management tool, starting in the first session will be shown to be of use specifically with this population. This population needs special attention regarding alterations in affect regulation, self perception, consciousness and attention, somatisation, trust, and identity. In the preparation phase participants will learn various relational strategies to accomplish these tasks. They will also learn to use the relationship as an additional resource for containment with appropriate boundaries. Relational concepts such as “Implicit Relational Knowing”, “Moments of Meeting”, and “Dyadic Expansion of Consciousness” will be taught to expand methods of stabilization for preparation, and for active trauma work. Modifications of active trauma work using active resourcing; titrating or dosing; treating transference and counter transference phenomenon will all be demonstrated to enhance EMDR work with complex PTSD and Dissociation. Dworkin's Trauma Case Conceptualization Questionnaire and his Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be taught and used to

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Therapeutic Relationship  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

360. Abbate, V. (2010, Junio). Uso de estrategias de atención plena en fase 2: Preparación [Using mindfulness strategies in Phase 2: Preparation] . Presentación en el XI Congreso Internacional de Estrés Traumático y Trastornos de Ansiedad, Buenos Aires, Argentina .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Keywords: Mindfulness  Phase Two  Preparation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

361. Donneau, D., Barry, S., Heteau, C., Hamrioui, M., Journniac, K., Ferric, O., Heron, A., & Paris, P. (2012, Decembre). Utilisation de l'outil EMDR pour améliorer la prise en charge des psycho-traumatismes dans un service d'urgence psychiatrique [Using EMDR tool to improve the management of psychological trauma in a psychiatric emergency service ]. Poster présenté au 40ème Congrès annuel de l'Association Française de Thérapie comportementale cognitive de et), Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Problématique : L’outil thérapeutique EMDR est recommandé par l’HAS dans la prise en charge du psycho-traumatisme. Mais comment le mettre en place en pratique dans nos unités d’urgence psychiatrique ? Méthode : La structuration suit les 8 phases du protocole validé, dont la « préparation » où l’on détermine l’indication et les cibles à traiter , une phase « ressources » indispensable dans les traumatismes complexes et en cas de risque de déstabilisation. Enfin, la phase de « désensibilisation des cognitions inadaptées et « d’installation » des cognitions plus adaptées amenant à une restructuration cognitive. Résultats : 83 patients (sex ratio=0.76) ont mobilisé 330 interventions, soit 3.9 interventions/patient en moyenne. Ces PEC ont conduit à 6% de séances complètes de désensibilisation à l’impact de souvenir traumatique, 10% de séances incomplètes de désensibilisation, 13% d’arrêts précoces en raison d’une déstabilisation persistante ce qui est la Contre-Indication fonctionnelle principale . Dans le cas des traumatismes récents, l’efficience de l’EMDR a été confirmée avec un nombre moyen de 3 séances de 90 min par patient, permettant d’obtenir une désensibilisation complète. Dans les cas de traumatismes complexes, le nombre de séances de préparation est plus important (>5 séances) car ils nécessitent une recherche de ressources. Discussion : L’EMDR est un outil utilisable aux urgences psychiatriques qui peut être très efficace dans le cas de traumatismes récents et simples. Le protocole est structurant et permet ainsi une bonne implication des patients et des intervenants. Mais cela nécessite une formation exigeante et couteuse. L’organisation est plus difficile dans le cas des traumatismes complexes, anciens, avec comorbidités psychiatriques. L’espacement des séances de 10j est difficile à respecter en pratique hospitalière, elles sont chronophages et fatigantes, aussi bien pour le soigné que le soignant. Projet : à la suite de cette observation, démontrer en 2013 que cette approche pourrait réduire la durée d’hospitalisation et la fréquence des récidives dans les cas de troubles de la personnalité souvent associés à des traumatismes anciens en permettant en quelque sorte d’activer une restructuration cognitive.

Problem: The EMDR therapeutic tool is recommended by the HAS in the management of psychological trauma. But how to set up in practice in our emergency psychiatric units? Method: The structure follows the eight phases of the validated protocol, the "preparation" where we determine the indication and the target process, a phase "resources" essential in complex trauma and in case of risk of destabilization. Finally, the phase of "desensitization inadequate cognitions and" installation "cognitions leading to a more appropriate cognitive restructuring. Results: 83 patients (sex ratio = 0.76) mobilized 330 interventions, or 3.9 interventions / patient on average. These PEC led to 6% of full sessions of desensitization to the impact of traumatic memories, 10% incomplete desensitization sessions, 13% of stops early due to a persistent destabilization which is the main functional Counter Indication . In the case of recent trauma, EMDR efficiency was confirmed with an average of 3 sessions of 90 minutes per patient to obtain a complete desensitization. In cases of complex trauma, the number of preparation sessions is larger (> 5 sessions) because they require research resources. Discussion: EMDR is a useful tool for psychiatric emergencies that can be very effective in the case of recent trauma and simple. The protocol allows structuring and good involvement of patients and stakeholders. But it requires a demanding and costly. The organization is more difficult in the case of complex trauma, elders with psychiatric comorbidities. The spacing of sessions 10j is difficult to achieve in hospital practice, they are time consuming and tiring for both the cared caregiver. Project as a result of this observation, in 2013 demonstrate that this approach could reduce the duration of hospitalization and the frequency of relapses in cases of personality disorders often associated with trauma Oldest to somehow activate a cognitive restructuring.

Keywords: Emergency Service  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

362. Torun, F. (2010, Spring). Vajinismusun EMDR yöntemi ile tedavisi: İki olgu sunumu [Treatment of vaginismus with EMDR: A report of two cases]. Türk Psikiyatri Dergisi, 23(3), 243-248.

Language: Turkish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Vajinismus kadının vajina kaslarındaki istemsiz kasılmalar nedeniyle hiçbir şekilde cinsel ilişkinin gerçekleşemediği bir cinsel işlev bozukluğudur. Vajinismus için temel tanı kriteri vajinanın dış üçte birindeki kaslarda koitusu engelleyecek, yineleyici bir biçimde ya da istem dışı spazmın olması olarak tanımlanmıştır. Birçok olguda ağrı ya da ağrının olabileceğine ilişkin korku vajinismusun ortaya çıkması ve sürmesine neden olmaktadır. Bu yazıda, çocukluk çağında geçirilmiş cinsel travmaya bağlı olarak ortaya çıkan iki vajinismus olgusunun Göz Hareketleri ile Duyarsızlaştırma ve Yeniden İşleme (Eye Movement Desensitization & Reprocessing-EMDR) tekniği ile tedavisi sunulacaktır. EMDR ağırlıklı olarak ruhsal travma tedavisinde kullanılan bir tedavi tekniğidir. EMDR tekniğinin etkinliği, travma sonrası stres bozukluğu, cinsel travma mağdurları gibi birçok grupta yapılan randomize kontrollü çalışmalarla gösterilmiştir. Her iki olguda da standart olarak sekiz aşamalı EMDR protokolü uygulanmıştır. 3 seanslık EMDR seansı sonrasında her iki olguda da hem kaygı düzeylerinde azalma, hem de cinsel ilişkiye yönelik işlevsel olmayan düşüncelerin ortadan kalktığı görüldü ve vajinismus sorunu ortadan kalktı. Bu çalışmada sunulan iki olgudan hareketle, travmanın neden olduğu vajinismus olgularında EMDR’nin alternatif bir tedavi tekniği olarak etkili olabileceği söylenebilir.

Vaginismus is a type of sexual dysfunction in which spasm of the vaginal musculature prevents penetrative intercourse. The main diagnostic criterion is the presence of recurrent or persistent involuntary spasm of the musculature of the outer third of the vagina that interferes with sexual intercourse. In many cases associated pain or the fear of pain may contribute to its persistence. Herein we report 2 patients that presented with vaginismus that developed secondary to childhood sexual trauma, which was treated with the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) technique. EMDR is a non-pharmacologic treatment for psychological trauma. Randomized controlled trials with posttraumatic stress disorder patients and with victims of sexual abuse have shown that EMDR is effective. The standard 8-phase EMDR protocol was used in both of the presented cases. Following 3 sessions of EMDR, the patients exhibited a substantial reduction in self-reported and clinician-rated anxiety, and a reduction in the credibility of dysfunctional beliefs concerning sexual intercourse. These findings support the notion that EMDR could be an effective treatment alternative for patients with vaginismus of traumatic etiology.

Keywords: Adult  Desensitization, Female  Humans  Psychologic  Sexual Behavior  Vaginismus  Wounds and Injuries  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

363. Bender, S. S. (2006, September). Wash your hands:  Healthy and practical EMDR practices. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on insider tips for healthy and practical EMDR practice issues. An effective strategy for introducing EMDR therapy and how to make it part of your initial patient interview will be described from the nitty-gritty aspect of dealing with sanitizing your equipment whether using your hands or plastic sensors to an assortment of useful forms. Three forms will be distributed and explained: Welcome to My Practice form, Tracking EMDR Session form, and Addendum to the Multimodal form. In addition, a means of "previewing" with your patient the safe place, the VOC and SUD scales and each of the questions in the assessment phase will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on the importance of each of these steps for de;eloping a sound therapeutic relationship and gleaning more information about the patient. Newcomers to EMDR will have an opportunity to get the answers to basic questions and the hands on materials that will increase their comfort and competence using and integrating EMDR into their practices.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

364. Greenwald, R., & Shapiro, F. (2010). What is EMDR?: Commentary by Greenwald and invited response by Shapiro. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(4), 170-179. doi:10.1891/19333196.4.4.170 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Greenwald: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has already been defi ned by at least one EMDR-focused professional association as inextricably based on Shapiro’s (2001) eight-phase protocol and adaptive information processing (AIP) model. This commentary argues that given the lack of data supporting an exclusive preference for Shapiro’s constructs, EMDR’s defi nition should not preclude legitimate alternative conceptualizations. Since defi nitions may be used for many inclusive and exclusive purposes with impact on EMDR’s development, dissemination, practice, and reputation, EMDR’s defi nition should be reconsidered. Shapiro : Greenwald’s arguments and suggested redefi nition are examined in relation to EMDR research, theory and practice. As evaluated in numerous studies, EMDR is a distinct, eight-phase integrative psychotherapy approach that consists of numerous procedures and protocols, which were formulated and are conducted in accordance with the principles of the AIP model. Research and published clinical case reports have validated both its utility and predictions of positive treatment outcomes with a variety of populations. Professional implications are explored.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Phase Model  Psychotherapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

365. Wilensky, M., & O'Shea, K. (2013, May). When calm/safe place doesn’t work. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the Client Preparation Phase (Phase 2), the client learns self-soothing skills before progressing to trauma processing. It is essential that the client be able to voluntarily change from a state of high distress to a state of lower distress. Commonly, this is accomplished through the development of a Calm Place (used to be called Safe Place). Some clients are unable to do this exercise. This is often a clue about the presence of a Dissociative Disorder. Generally, they will require a longer Preparation Phase. This workshop will teach how to identify these clients, what it means and two methods to find resources for self-soothing and self-regulation. These resource states provide a base of operations for trauma processing. Learning objectives: • To identify clients, including those with dissociative disorders, who need more preparation before trauma processing. • To learn two methods to increase readiness for trauma processing • To learn two methods for increased client self-regulation

Keywords: Calm/Safe Place  Preparation Phase  Self-Soothing Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

366. Bender, S. S. (2009). When words and pictures fail: An introduction to adaptive information processing. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 49-56). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
As part of my discussion with my patients about their mind and the adaptive information processing (AIP) system, I find that patients are sometimes unable to find responses when asked about a picture representing the worst part of the event or what negative belief remains with them as a result of a life experience. It is my opinion that it is advantageous for the clinician to attempt to get all the pieces to the protocol and I recommend the scripts provides in this chapter as possible ways to do so. Use the scripts either during Phase 1 (history taking) or Phase 2 (preparation). The When Words and Pictures Fail Script is provided, and a case example is use to illustrate how to address unrecalled or missing assessment ingredients. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing System  History Taking  Life Experience  Negative Beliefs  Preparation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

367. Curry, S. (2007, June). Where protocol meets client: Choices in case conceptualization in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is being increasingly – and successfully – utilized for a broader range of big “T” and small “t” traumas. Research indicates that adherence to the 8-phase protocol and the 3-pronged approach brings about the most successful outcomes in our clients. The problem in their application, however, is frequently “how?” A day in the life of an EMDR therapist can involve a plethora of symptoms: attachment difficulties, anxiety, Phobias, relational dysfunction, dissociation, and mood disorders, to name just a few client presentations. Much confusion and discouragement can arise as the clinician struggles with the variety of client presentations and the awkwardness of learning a significantly different approach to psychotherapy. Consultation experience reveals that it is most often psychotherapy. Consultation experience reveals that it is most often these two factors which bring about the unfortunate discrepancy between the numbers of those who take EMDR training and those who utilize it frequently. By means of a discussion of pre-screening typical and atypical case scenarios and the provision of a decision tree using appropriate resources and specialize protocols, participants will learn a more systematic way to conceptualize their cases. In addition, there will be a summary of frequently asked questions about the course of EMDR therapy garnered from the presenter’s consultees. And guidelines for keeping treatment on a course as common challenges in EMDR present themselves. This workshop is an outgrowth of “Decisions, Decisions ... Forks in the Road in EMDR: What, When and Why” presented at the EMDR Europe Conference in Istanbul and the EMDRIA conference in Philadelphia in 2006.

Keywords: Case conceptualization  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

368. Fine, C. J., & Berkowitz, S. A. (1999, November). Wreathing Protocol: The imbrication of EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of childhood onset PTSD. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper will describe a “Wreathing” protocol which involves the imbrication of EMDR and hypnosis in the structured treatment of individuals who struggle with complex childhood onset PTSD and/or DDNOS and/or DID. In recent years, Shapiro has succesfully promoted the uses of EMDR in patients who suffer from PTSD with the caveat that dissociative disordered individuals ought not undergo such therapeutic methodology. The current authors have devised a protocol which will be respectful of the structured phase based therapies typically associated with Dissociative Disorders and complex childhood onset PTSD. The “wreathing” protocol will be described as it is systematically joined into a therapy informed by hypnosis and where the patients use EMDR to do the abreactive work. This “wreathing” protocol uses as a foundation for elaboration the BASK model of dissociation where each BASK dimension becomes the starting point from which an abreactive event is initiated and eventually integrated into the main stream of consciousness. Clinical examples will illustrate each therapeutic approach and demonstrate that not only will the EMDR used in this manner not destabilize or decompensate the patient, but more importantly it will better facilitate for the patient the integration of dissociated material.

Keywords: Children  Hypnosis  Poster  Posttraumtic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Wreathing Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

369. Eckert, A. (2011, September). Zimmer mit aussicht- Erinnern als unverzichtbares therapeutisches element [Room with a view, Rememberance as indispensible element]. Forum der Psychoanalyse, 27(3), 239-262. doi:10.1007/s00451-011-0079-3.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In diesem Beitrag stelle ich dar warum die Rekonstruktion des traumatischen Geschehens eine unverzichtbare Phase in der Therapie traumatisierter Patienten ist. Eine integrierende Rekonstruktion umfasst die äußere und die innere Realität des Patienten, beide gleichermaßen schwer zugänglich. Die Rekonstruktion ist ein Prozess und bedarf einer Anpassung des Settings. Es werden Fallvignetten der stationären psychotherapeutischen Rekonstruktionsarbeit mit Hilfe von Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) vorgestellt.
In this paper, I figure why the reconstruction of the traumatic event is an essential phase in the treatment of traumatized patients. An integrating reconstruction includes the outer and the inner reality of the patient, both equally difficult to access. The reconstruction is a process and requires an adjustment of the settings. We present the case of inpatient psychotherapeutic vignettes reconstruction work using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR).

Keywords: Reconstruction of the Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes